[go: up one dir, main page]

CN1988805A - Compositions containing opioid antagonists - Google Patents

Compositions containing opioid antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1988805A
CN1988805A CN 200580017949 CN200580017949A CN1988805A CN 1988805 A CN1988805 A CN 1988805A CN 200580017949 CN200580017949 CN 200580017949 CN 200580017949 A CN200580017949 A CN 200580017949A CN 1988805 A CN1988805 A CN 1988805A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
alkyl
nhch
hydrogen
composition
cycloalkenyl group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN 200580017949
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN100579373C (en
Inventor
约翰·D·比勒
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Sharp and Dohme LLC
Original Assignee
Adolor Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Adolor Corp filed Critical Adolor Corp
Publication of CN1988805A publication Critical patent/CN1988805A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN100579373C publication Critical patent/CN100579373C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Landscapes

  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compositions containing opioid antagonists, particularly alvimopan and its active metabolite, with improved solubility and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration, injectable dosage formulations, kits, and methods of making and using same are disclosed. In preferred embodiments, invention provides injectable formulations containing opioid antagonists, particularly alvimopan and its active metabolite, having low solubility that may be readily prepared, are stake during storage, and provide maximum levels of opioid antagonists when administered parenterally, particularly via injection. The results are achieved by a combination of processing techniques and component selection.

Description

包含鸦片样物质拮抗剂的组合物Compositions comprising opioid antagonists

相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications

本申请要求2005年6月2日提交的美国专利申请11/143,535的优先权,所述申请要求了2004年6月4日提交的美国专利申请60/576,939的优先权,其二者被全文并入本文作为参考。This application claims priority to U.S. Patent Application 11/143,535, filed June 2, 2005, which claims priority to U.S. Patent Application 60/576,939, filed June 4, 2004, both of which are incorporated in their entirety Included here as a reference.

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及包含鸦片样物质拮抗剂的组合物。更具体地,本发明涉及包含鸦片样物质拮抗剂的组合物、可注射剂型、药包,及其制备和使用方法。The present invention relates to compositions comprising an opioid antagonist. More specifically, the present invention relates to compositions, injectable dosage forms, kits, and methods of making and using the same, comprising opioid antagonists.

背景技术Background technique

药物的口服剂型如片剂和胶囊是广泛使用的剂型。然而,某些患者由于年老、虚弱或意识缺乏而使他们不能吞咽片剂或胶囊,从而对口服剂型无耐性(tolerance)。因此,期望能够通过非肠道途径如静脉内、肌肉内或皮下注射给药。然而,将固体药物配制用于通过非肠道途径给药可能是有问题的,因为经常难以将固体活性成分溶解于可药用液体溶剂中。Oral dosage forms of drugs such as tablets and capsules are widely used dosage forms. However, some patients have intolerance to oral dosage forms due to old age, infirmity or lack of consciousness which prevent them from swallowing tablets or capsules. Therefore, it is desirable to be able to administer it by parenteral routes such as intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection. However, formulating solid pharmaceuticals for parenteral administration can be problematic because it is often difficult to dissolve solid active ingredients in pharmaceutically acceptable liquid solvents.

低溶解度问题已经通过多种方法得以解决:The low solubility issue has been addressed in several ways:

1.增溶表面活性剂可用于增加活性成分在溶剂中的溶解度。令人遗憾的是,增溶表面活性剂可引起敏感患者的过敏反应。1. Solubilizing surfactants can be used to increase the solubility of active ingredients in solvents. Unfortunately, solubilizing surfactants can cause allergic reactions in sensitive patients.

2.可使用水包油型乳液,但是这种制剂有许多缺点,包括在注射部位有疼痛感、物理稳定性差、引起栓塞的可能性、和对严格的无菌操作的要求。2. Oil-in-water emulsions can be used, but this formulation has many disadvantages, including pain at the injection site, poor physical stability, possibility of causing embolism, and strict aseptic operation requirements.

3.可使用活性成分与增加其溶解度的两亲性试剂(例如β-环糊精)的结合物,但是这些结合物的局限性包括成本较高和它们用于人类药学产品目前受到管理机构的限制。3. Conjugation of the active ingredient with an amphiphilic agent that increases its solubility (eg, β-cyclodextrin) can be used, but limitations of these conjugates include higher cost and their use in human pharmaceutical products is currently subject to regulatory agency restrictions. limit.

[[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-羟基苯基)-3(R),4-二甲基-哌啶基]甲基]-1-氧代-3-苯基丙基]氨基]乙酸二水合物((USAN名称爱维莫潘(alvimopan))及其活性代谢物是在外周起作用的μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂,其可用于治疗术后肠梗阻、产后肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、鸦片性肠机能障碍、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、术后恶心和/或术后呕吐、以及其它适应症。爱维莫潘目前有固体剂型可用。然而,期望提供可注射形式的活性成分,以避免吞咽片剂或胶囊引起的问题,或用于对进行手术和无意识的患者给药。爱维莫潘及其活性代谢物为3,4-二取代的-4-芳基哌啶,其为两性离子。它们在水和许多常见的可药用的溶剂中具有非常低的溶解度。[[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R),4-dimethyl-piperidinyl]methyl]-1-oxo-3-phenyl Propyl]amino]acetic acid dihydrate ((USAN name alvimopan)) and its active metabolite are peripherally acting mu opioid antagonists useful in the treatment of postoperative ileus, postpartum intestinal Obstruction, pruritus, constipation, opioid bowel dysfunction, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, postoperative nausea and/or postoperative vomiting, and other indications. Alvimopan is currently available in solid dosage form available. However, it is desirable to provide the active ingredient in injectable form to avoid problems with swallowing tablets or capsules, or for administration to patients undergoing surgery and unconscious. Alvimopan and its active metabolites are 3, 4 - Disubstituted-4-arylpiperidines, which are zwitterions.They have very low solubility in water and many common pharmaceutically acceptable solvents.

期望的是在本质上为两性离子的爱维莫潘和有关的4-芳基取代的哌啶化合物的可注射剂型。本发明涉及这些和其它重要目的。What is desired is an injectable dosage form of alvimopan and related 4-aryl-substituted piperidine compounds that are zwitterionic in nature. The present invention addresses these and other important objects.

发明内容Contents of the invention

在一个实施方案中,本发明涉及包括以下步骤的方法:In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method comprising the steps of:

a.提供组合物,其包括:a. providing a composition comprising:

(i)至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐:(i) at least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I:

其中:in:

R1为氢或烷基;R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R2为氢、烷基或烯基; R is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

R3为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R4为氢、烷基或烯基;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

A为OR5或NR6R7A is OR 5 or NR 6 R 7 ;

R5为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R6为氢或烷基;R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R7为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、芳基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的B,或R6和R7与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene Substituted B, or R6 and R7 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

B为B for

Figure A20058001794900271
Figure A20058001794900271

C(=O)W或NR8R9C(=O)W or NR 8 R 9 ;

R8为氢或烷基;R 8 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R9为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳基、或芳烷基,或R8和R9与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, or R and R are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

W为OR10、NR11R12或OE;W is OR 10 , NR 11 R 12 or OE;

R10为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R11为氢或烷基;R 11 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R12为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的C(=O)Y,或R11和R12与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene substituted C( =O)Y, or R 11 and R 12 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

E为E is

Figure A20058001794900272
Figure A20058001794900272

亚烷基取代的(C=O)D、或-R13OC(=O)R14Alkylene substituted (C=O)D, or -R 13 OC(=O)R 14 ;

R13为烷基取代的亚烷基;R 13 is an alkylene group substituted by an alkyl group;

R14为烷基;R 14 is an alkyl group;

D为OR15或NR16R17D is OR 15 or NR 16 R 17 ;

R15为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R16为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基或环烯基取代的烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl;

R17为氢或烷基,或R16和R17与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 17 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, or R 16 and R 17 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

Y为OR18或NR19R20Y is OR 18 or NR 19 R 20 ;

R18为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R19为氢或烷基;R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R20为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基,或R19和R20与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 20 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, or aralkyl, or R 19 and R 20 are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

R21为氢或烷基;R 21 is hydrogen or alkyl;

和n为0到4;and n is 0 to 4;

(ii)至少一种结晶的增量剂;(ii) at least one crystalline extender;

(iii)至少一种弱碱;和(iii) at least one weak base; and

(iv)水;(iv) water;

其中所述组合物具有至少约10.5的初始pH;和wherein said composition has an initial pH of at least about 10.5; and

b.调节所述组合物的pH到在约9到约11范围内的最终pH;b. adjusting the pH of the composition to a final pH in the range of about 9 to about 11;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

在另一个实施方案中,本发明部分地涉及的方法另外包括将所述组合物干燥以除去至少一部分的所述水以形成部分或完全干燥产品的步骤。In another embodiment, the method to which this invention is in part further comprises the step of drying said composition to remove at least a portion of said water to form a partially or fully dry product.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及的方法另外包括通过将所述干燥产品与可药用的溶剂合并以形成所述干燥产品的溶液而使其重新组构的步骤。In yet another embodiment, the method of the present invention further comprises the step of reconstituting said dried product by combining said dried product with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent to form a solution of said dried product.

在其它实施方案中,本发明涉及通过每一种上述方法生产的产品。In other embodiments, the invention relates to products produced by each of the above methods.

在另一个实施方案中,本发明涉及的方法另外包括将所述干燥产品的所述溶液对患者给药的步骤。In another embodiment, the method according to the present invention additionally comprises the step of administering said solution of said dry product to a patient.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及组合物,其包括:In yet another embodiment, the present invention relates to compositions comprising:

a.至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐:a. At least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I:

其中:in:

R1为氢或烷基;R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R2为氢、烷基或烯基; R is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

R3为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R4为氢、烷基或烯基;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

A为OR5或NR6R7A is OR 5 or NR 6 R 7 ;

R5为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R6为氢或烷基;R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R7为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、芳基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的B,或R6和R7与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene Substituted B, or R6 and R7 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

B为B for

C(=O)W或NR8R9C(=O)W or NR 8 R 9 ;

R8为氢或烷基;R 8 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R9为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳基、或芳烷基,或R8和R9与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, or R and R are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

W为OR10、NR11R12或OE;W is OR 10 , NR 11 R 12 or OE;

R10为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R11为氢或烷基;R 11 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R12为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的C(=O)Y,或R11和R12与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene substituted C( =O)Y, or R 11 and R 12 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

E为E is

Figure A20058001794900302
Figure A20058001794900302

亚烷基取代的(C=O)D、或-R13OC(=O)R14Alkylene substituted (C=O)D, or -R 13 OC(=O)R 14 ;

R13为烷基取代的亚烷基;R 13 is an alkylene group substituted by an alkyl group;

R14为烷基;R 14 is an alkyl group;

D为OR15或NR16R17D is OR 15 or NR 16 R 17 ;

R15为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R16为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基或环烯基取代的烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl;

R17为氢或烷基,或R16和R17与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 17 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, or R 16 and R 17 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

Y为OR18或NR19R20Y is OR 18 or NR 19 R 20 ;

R18为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R19为氢或烷基;R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R20为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基,或R19和R20与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 20 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, or aralkyl, or R 19 and R 20 are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

R21为氢或烷基;R 21 is hydrogen or alkyl;

和n为0到4;and n is 0 to 4;

b.至少一种结晶的增量剂;b. at least one crystalline extender;

其中所述组合物具有低于约1.0g/cm3的密度;wherein said composition has a density of less than about 1.0 g/ cm ;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

在其它实施方案中,本发明涉及组合物,其包括:In other embodiments, the present invention relates to compositions comprising:

a.至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐:a. At least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I:

其中:R1为氢或烷基;Wherein: R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R2为氢、烷基或烯基; R is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

R3为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R4为氢、烷基或烯基;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

A为OR5或NR6R7A is OR 5 or NR 6 R 7 ;

R5为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R6为氢或烷基;R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R7为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、芳基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的B,或R6和R7与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene Substituted B, or R6 and R7 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

B为B for

C(=O)W或NR8R9C(=O)W or NR 8 R 9 ;

R8为氢或烷基;R 8 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R9为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳基、或芳烷基,或R8和R9与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, or R and R are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

W为OR10、NR11R12或OE;W is OR 10 , NR 11 R 12 or OE;

R10为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R11为氢或烷基;R 11 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R12为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的C(=O)Y,或R11和R12与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene substituted C( =O)Y, or R 11 and R 12 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

E为E is

亚烷基取代的(C=O)D、或-R13OC(=O)R14Alkylene substituted (C=O)D, or -R 13 OC(=O)R 14 ;

R13为烷基取代的亚烷基;R 13 is an alkylene group substituted by an alkyl group;

R14为烷基;R 14 is an alkyl group;

D为OR15或NR16R17D is OR 15 or NR 16 R 17 ;

R15为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R16为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基或环烯基取代的烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl;

R17为氢或烷基,或R16和R17与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 17 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, or R 16 and R 17 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

Y为OR18或NR19R20Y is OR 18 or NR 19 R 20 ;

R18为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R19为氢或烷基;R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R20为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基,或R19和R20与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 20 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, or aralkyl, or R 19 and R 20 are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

R21为氢或烷基;R 21 is hydrogen or alkyl;

和n为0到4;and n is 0 to 4;

b.至少一种结晶的增量剂;b. at least one crystalline extender;

c.基于组合物总重量,低于约1重量%的增溶表面活性剂;c. less than about 1% by weight of a solubilizing surfactant, based on the total weight of the composition;

d.基于组合物总重量,低于约10重量%的非水溶剂;和d. less than about 10% by weight of a non-aqueous solvent, based on the total weight of the composition; and

e.基于组合物总重量,低于约500重量%的环糊精;e. less than about 500% by weight cyclodextrin, based on the total weight of the composition;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及包括上述组合物的可注射剂型。In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to an injectable dosage form comprising the composition described above.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及药包,其包括:In yet another embodiment, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical pack comprising:

a.包括可注射剂型的容器;和a. Containers containing injectable dosage forms; and

b.用于制备可注射溶液的说明书。b. Instructions for preparing the injectable solution.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及预防或治疗患者中与鸦片样物质有关的副作用的方法,其包括的步骤为:In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of preventing or treating opioid-related side effects in a patient comprising the steps of:

对有需要的所述患者给药有效量的上述组合物。An effective amount of the composition described above is administered to said patient in need thereof.

该方法可用于预防和治疗肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或呕吐或其组合,特别是术后肠梗阻、产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、术后恶心或术后呕吐或其组合。The method is useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of ileus, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, nausea or vomiting or combinations thereof, particularly postoperative ileus, postpartum ileus, opioid bowel Dysfunction, postoperative nausea or postoperative vomiting, or a combination thereof.

在其它实施方案中,本发明涉及预防或治疗患者中的疼痛的方法,其包括的步骤为:In other embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method of preventing or treating pain in a patient comprising the steps of:

对有需要的所述患者给药有效量的上述组合物。An effective amount of the composition described above is administered to said patient in need thereof.

在优选实施方案中,组合物另外包括至少一种鸦片样物质。In a preferred embodiment, the composition additionally comprises at least one opioid.

通过以下详细说明可使得本发明的这些和其它方面变得显而易见。These and other aspects of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description.

发明的详细说明Detailed Description of the Invention

如上述和贯穿本公开所使用的,除非另有说明,应该理解的是以下术语具有以下含义。As used above and throughout this disclosure, unless otherwise stated, it is understood that the following terms have the following meanings.

如本文中使用的,“具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度的组合物”是指组合物包含至少一种适合于口服或非肠道给药的鸦片样物质拮抗剂,由于形成该组合物的方法而使该组合物相对于从相同活性成分和增量剂制备的但是具有不同的最终物理性质(如密度)的组合物具有更高水平的溶出度和生物利用度,优选使不期望的组分如用于现有技术以改善活性成分溶解度的增溶表面活性剂、非水溶剂、环糊精等最小化或除去。As used herein, "composition having improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration" means a composition comprising at least one opioid suitable for oral or parenteral administration Antagonists of substances which, due to the method of forming the composition, have a higher level of dissolution and Bioavailability, preferably minimizing or removing undesired components such as solubilizing surfactants, non-aqueous solvents, cyclodextrins etc. used in prior art to improve active ingredient solubility.

如本文中使用的,“非肠道给药”是指将药物给药到肠外,而不通过消化道。对哺乳动物主体进行非肠道给药的主要途径是静脉内、肌肉内、皮下、皮内、眼内、滑膜内、心内、脊柱内、关节内、鞘内、动脉内、经上皮(包括透皮、腹膜内、眼用、舌下、和经口给药)、局部(包括眼用、皮肤、眼、通过吹入法的鼻吸入、气雾剂、和直肠系统)给药。优选的非肠道给药途径为通过静脉内、肌肉内、和皮下注射给药。As used herein, "parenteral administration" refers to the administration of a drug parenterally, without passing through the digestive tract. The principal routes of parenteral administration to mammalian subjects are intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, intraocular, intrasynovial, intracardiac, intraspinal, intraarticular, intrathecal, intraarterial, transepithelial ( Includes transdermal, intraperitoneal, ophthalmic, sublingual, and oral), topical (including ophthalmic, dermal, eye, nasal inhalation by insufflation, aerosol, and rectal system) administration. Preferred routes of parenteral administration are by intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous injection.

如本文中使用的,“生物利用度”是指药物或其它物质在给药之后被靶组织可利用的比例和程度。在本发明的情况中,生物利用度是指鸦片样物质拮抗剂被中枢神经系统或其外周可利用的程度。As used herein, "bioavailability" refers to the rate and extent to which a drug or other substance is available to a target tissue following administration. In the context of the present invention, bioavailability refers to the degree to which an opioid antagonist is available by the central nervous system or its periphery.

如本文中使用的,“烷基”是指具有约1到约20个碳原子(和在范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数)的任选被取代的饱和的直链、支链或环状的烃,优选在本文中称为“低级烷基”的含约1到约8个碳原子的烷基。“支链的”是指其中有低级烷基如甲基、乙基或丙基连接于直链烷基链的烷基。在某些优选实施方案中,烷基为C1-C5烷基,即,具有1到约5个碳的支链或直链烷基。在其它优选实施方案中,烷基为C1-C3烷基,即,具有1到约3个碳的支链或直链烷基。示例性的烷基包括甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、丁基、异丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基和癸基。“低级烷基”是指具有1到约6个碳原子的烷基。优选的烷基包括1到约3个碳的低级烷基。烷基包括但不限于甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、正戊基、环戊基、异戊基、新戊基、正己基、异己基、环己基、环辛基、金刚烷基、3-甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基丁基和2,3-二甲基丁基。As used herein, "alkyl" means an optionally substituted saturated straight alkyl having about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations within ranges and the specified number of carbon atoms). Chain, branched or cyclic hydrocarbons, preferably alkyl groups referred to herein as "lower alkyl" containing from about 1 to about 8 carbon atoms. "Branched" means an alkyl group in which a lower alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl or propyl is attached to a linear alkyl chain. In certain preferred embodiments, the alkyl group is a C 1 -C 5 alkyl group, ie, a branched or straight chain alkyl group having from 1 to about 5 carbons. In other preferred embodiments, the alkyl group is C 1 -C 3 alkyl, ie, a branched or straight chain alkyl group having from 1 to about 3 carbons. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl base. "Lower alkyl" means an alkyl group having 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Preferred alkyl groups include lower alkyl groups of 1 to about 3 carbons. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl , isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.

如本文中使用的,“亚烷基”是指具有通式-(CH2)n-的二价烷基,其中n为1到10,及在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合。亚烷基可为直链、支链或环状的。非限制性例子包括亚甲基、亚甲基(-CH2-)、亚乙基(-CH2CH2-)、亚丙基(-(CH2)3-)、三亚甲基、五亚甲基和六亚甲基。可能沿着亚烷基任选地插入一个或多个氧、硫或任选被取代的氮原子,其中氮的取代基为如前所述的烷基。亚烷基可以任选被取代。本文中的术语“低级亚烷基”是指具有约1到约6个碳原子的那些亚烷基。优选的亚烷基具有约1到约4个碳。As used herein, "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl group having the general formula -( CH2 )n-, where n is 1 to 10, and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within that range. Alkylene groups can be linear, branched or cyclic. Non-limiting examples include methylene, methylene ( -CH2- ), ethylene ( -CH2CH2-), propylene (-(CH2)3- ) , trimethylene , pentamethylene methyl and hexamethylene. There may optionally be inserted along the alkylene group one or more oxygen, sulfur or optionally substituted nitrogen atoms wherein the nitrogen substituent is an alkyl group as previously described. Alkylene groups can be optionally substituted. The term "lower alkylene" herein refers to those alkylene groups having from about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Preferred alkylene groups have about 1 to about 4 carbons.

如本文中使用的,“烯基”是指包含至少一个碳-碳双键并且在链中具有2到约10个(及在该范围内的范围的组合和再组合)碳原子的单价烷基。烯基可以任选被取代。在某些优选实施方案中,烯基为C2-C10烯基,即,具有2到约10个碳的支链或直链烯基。在其它优选实施方案中,烯基为C2-C6烯基,即,具有2到约6个碳的支链或直链烯基。在其它优选实施方案中,烯基为C3-C10烯基,即,具有3到约10个碳的支链或直链烯基。在其它优选实施方案中,烯基为C2-C5烯基,即,具有2到约5个碳的支链或直链烯基。示例性的烯基包括例如乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基和癸烯基。As used herein, "alkenyl" means a monovalent alkyl group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having from 2 to about 10 (and combinations and subcombinations within that range) carbon atoms in the chain . Alkenyl groups can be optionally substituted. In certain preferred embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C 2 -C 10 alkenyl group, ie, a branched or straight chain alkenyl group having from 2 to about 10 carbons. In other preferred embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C2 - C6 alkenyl group, ie, a branched or straight chain alkenyl group having 2 to about 6 carbons. In other preferred embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C 3 -C 10 alkenyl group, ie, a branched or straight chain alkenyl group having from 3 to about 10 carbons. In other preferred embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C2 - C5 alkenyl group, ie, a branched or straight chain alkenyl group having 2 to about 5 carbons. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, for example, vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, and decenyl.

如本文中使用的,“芳基”是指具有约5到约50个碳原子(和在范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数)的任选被取代的单环、二环、三环或其它多环芳香环系统,优选含约6到约10个碳原子的芳基。非限制性例子包括例如苯基、萘基、蒽基和菲基。As used herein, "aryl" means an optionally substituted monocyclic ring having from about 5 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations within ranges and the specified number of carbon atoms), Bicyclic, tricyclic or other polycyclic aromatic ring systems, preferably aryl groups containing from about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthrenyl.

如本文中使用的,“芳烷基”是指带有芳基取代基并且具有约6到约50个碳原子(和在范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数)的烷基,优选含约6到约10个碳原子的芳烷基。芳烷基可任选地在芳基或烷基部分中被取代。非限制性例子包括例如苯基甲基(苄基)、二苯甲基、三苯甲基、苯基乙基、二苯基乙基和3-(4-甲基苯基)丙基。As used herein, "aralkyl" refers to a group having an aryl substituent and having from about 6 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within the range and the specified number of carbon atoms) Alkyl, preferably aralkyl containing from about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. Aralkyl groups can be optionally substituted in the aryl or alkyl moiety. Non-limiting examples include, for example, phenylmethyl (benzyl), benzhydryl, trityl, phenylethyl, diphenylethyl, and 3-(4-methylphenyl)propyl.

如本文中使用的,“杂芳基”是指包括至少一个并优选1到约4个硫、氧或氮杂原子的环原子的任选被取代的单环、二环、三环或其它多环的芳香环系统。杂芳基可以具有例如约3到约50个碳原子(及在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数),优选含约4到约10个碳的杂芳基。杂芳基的非限制性例子包括例如吡咯基、呋喃基、吡啶基、1,2,4-噻二唑基、嘧啶基、噻吩基、异噻唑基、咪唑基、四唑基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、喹啉基、异喹啉基、噻吩基、苯并噻吩基、异苯并呋喃基、吡唑基、吲哚基、嘌呤基、咔唑基、苯并咪唑基和异唑基。As used herein, "heteroaryl" refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or other polycyclic ring atom comprising at least one and preferably 1 to about 4 sulfur, oxygen or nitrogen heteroatoms. Ring aromatic ring system. Heteroaryl groups can have, for example, about 3 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within this range and specific number of carbon atoms), with heteroaryl groups containing about 4 to about 10 carbon atoms being preferred. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl include, for example, pyrrolyl, furyl, pyridyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl , pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzofuryl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl and isoxazole base.

如本文中使用的,“环烷基”是指具有约3到约20个碳原子(和在范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数)的任选被取代的、在其结构中具有一个或多个环的烷基,优选含约3到约10个碳原子,更优选含约3到约8个碳原子,更优选含约3到约6个碳原子。多环结构可为桥环或稠环结构。环烷基可任选地被例如烷基(优选C1-C3烷基)、烷氧基(优选C1-C3烷氧基)或卤代取代。非限制性例子包括例如环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、环庚基、环辛基和金刚烷基。As used herein, "cycloalkyl" refers to an optionally substituted, in the Alkyl groups having one or more rings in their structure preferably contain about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, more preferably about 3 to about 8 carbon atoms, more preferably about 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. The polycyclic structure may be a bridged or condensed ring structure. Cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted by eg alkyl (preferably C 1 -C 3 alkyl), alkoxy (preferably C 1 -C 3 alkoxy) or halo. Non-limiting examples include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl.

如本文中使用的,“环烷基取代的烷基”是指在末端碳被环烷基(优选C3-C8环烷基)取代的直链烷基(优选低级烷基)。非限制性例子包括例如环己基甲基、环己基乙基、环戊基乙基、环戊基丙基、环丙基甲基等等。As used herein, "cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl" refers to straight-chain alkyl (preferably lower alkyl) substituted at a terminal carbon by cycloalkyl (preferably C3 - C8 cycloalkyl). Non-limiting examples include, for example, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclopentylpropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.

如本文中使用的,“环烯基”是指具有约4到约10个碳(及在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合)的烯属不饱和的环烷基。在优选实施方案中,环烯基为C5-C8环烯基,即,具有5到约8个碳的环烯基。As used herein, "cycloalkenyl" refers to an ethylenically unsaturated cycloalkyl group having from about 4 to about 10 carbons (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within this range). In preferred embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group is a C5 - C8 cycloalkenyl group, ie, a cycloalkenyl group having 5 to about 8 carbons.

如本文中使用的,“烷基环烷基”是指包括具有一个或多个烷基取代基的环烷基的任选被取代的环系统。非限制性例子包括例如烷基环烷基,包括2-甲基环己基、3,3-二甲基环戊基、反式-2,3-二甲基环辛基和4-甲基十氢化萘基。As used herein, "alkylcycloalkyl" refers to an optionally substituted ring system comprising a cycloalkyl group having one or more alkyl substituents. Non-limiting examples include, for example, alkylcycloalkyl, including 2-methylcyclohexyl, 3,3-dimethylcyclopentyl, trans-2,3-dimethylcyclooctyl, and 4-methyldeca Hydronaphthyl.

如本文中使用的,“杂芳烷基”是指具有约2到约50个碳原子(及在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数)的任选被取代的被杂芳基取代的烷基,优选含约6到约25个碳原子。非限制性例子包括2-(1H-吡咯-3-基)乙基、3-吡啶基甲基、5-(2H-四唑基)甲基和3-(嘧啶-2-基)-2-甲基环戊烷基。As used herein, "heteroaralkyl" refers to an optionally substituted group having from about 2 to about 50 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within this range and the specified number of carbon atoms). Alkyl groups substituted by heteroaryl groups preferably contain from about 6 to about 25 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples include 2-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)ethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 5-(2H-tetrazolyl)methyl, and 3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-2- Methylcyclopentyl.

如本文中使用的,“杂环烷基”是指包括至少一个并优选1到约4个硫、氧或氮杂原子的环原子的任选被取代的单环、二环、三环或其它多环的脂肪族环系统。环烷基可以具有例如约3到约20个碳原子(及在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合和具体的碳原子数),优选约4到约10个碳。杂环烷基可为不饱和的,并且也可稠合于芳香环。非限制性例子包括例如四氢呋喃基、四氢噻吩基、哌啶基、吡咯烷基、异唑烷基、异噻唑烷基、吡唑烷基、唑烷基、噻唑烷基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、哌啶基、十氢喹啉基、八氢苯并吡喃基、八氢环戊烷并[c]吡喃基、1,2,3,4-四氢喹啉基、八氢[2]吡啶基、八氢环辛烷并[c]呋喃基和咪唑烷基。As used herein, "heterocycloalkyl" refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or other ring atom comprising at least one and preferably 1 to about 4 sulfur, oxygen or nitrogen heteroatoms. Polycyclic aliphatic ring systems. Cycloalkyl groups can have, for example, about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within this range and specific number of carbon atoms), preferably about 4 to about 10 carbon atoms. Heterocycloalkyl groups can be unsaturated and can also be fused to an aromatic ring. Non-limiting examples include, for example, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl , Morpholinyl, piperidinyl, decahydroquinolyl, octahydrobenzopyranyl, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyranyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, Octahydro[2]pyridyl, octahydrocyclooctano[c]furyl and imidazolidinyl.

如本文中使用的,术语“螺烷基”是指任选被取代的亚烷基双基,其两端结合于母基团的同一碳原子以形成螺环基团。如本文中定义的,螺烷基与其母基团具有3到20个环原子。优选地,其具有3到10个环原子。与其母基团在一起的螺烷基的非限制性例子包括1-(1-甲基-环丙基)-丙烷-2-酮、2-(1-苯氧基-环丙基)-乙胺、和1-甲基-螺[4.7]十二烷。As used herein, the term "spiroalkyl" refers to an optionally substituted alkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the same carbon atom of the parent group to form a spirocyclic group. As defined herein, a spiroalkyl group and its parent group have from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Preferably, it has 3 to 10 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of spiroalkyl together with its parent group include 1-(1-methyl-cyclopropyl)-propan-2-one, 2-(1-phenoxy-cyclopropyl)-ethane amine, and 1-methyl-spiro[4.7]dodecane.

如本文中使用的,术语“烷氧基”是指任选被取代的烷基-O-基团,其中烷基如前述定义。非限制性例子包括例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基和庚氧基。As used herein, the term "alkoxy" refers to an optionally substituted alkyl-O- group, wherein alkyl is as previously defined. Non-limiting examples include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, and heptoxy.

如本文中使用的,术语“芳氧基”是指任选被取代的芳基-O-基团,其中芳基如前述定义。非限制性例子包括例如苯氧基和萘氧基。As used herein, the term "aryloxy" refers to an optionally substituted aryl-O- group wherein aryl is as previously defined. Non-limiting examples include, for example, phenoxy and naphthyloxy.

如本文中使用的,术语“芳烷氧基”是指任选被取代的芳烷基-O-基团,其中芳烷基如前述定义。非限制性例子包括例如苄氧基、1-苯基乙氧基、2-苯基乙氧基、和3-萘基庚氧基。As used herein, the term "aralkoxy" refers to an optionally substituted aralkyl-O- group wherein aralkyl is as previously defined. Non-limiting examples include, for example, benzyloxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 2-phenylethoxy, and 3-naphthylheptyloxy.

如本文中使用的,术语“芳氧基芳基”是指具有芳氧基取代基的芳基,其中芳氧基和芳基如前述定义。芳氧基芳基可以任选被取代。非限制性例子包括例如苯氧基苯基和萘氧基苯基。As used herein, the term "aryloxyaryl" refers to an aryl group having an aryloxy substituent, wherein aryloxy and aryl are as previously defined. Aryloxyaryl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, phenoxyphenyl and naphthoxyphenyl.

如本文中使用的,术语“杂芳基芳基”是指具有杂芳基取代基的芳基,其中杂芳基和芳基如前述定义。杂芳基芳基可以任选被取代。非限制性例子包括例如3-吡啶基苯基、2-喹啉基萘基和2-吡咯基苯基。As used herein, the term "heteroarylaryl" refers to an aryl group having a heteroaryl substituent, wherein heteroaryl and aryl are as previously defined. Heteroarylaryl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, 3-pyridylphenyl, 2-quinolylnaphthyl, and 2-pyrrolylphenyl.

如本文中使用的,术语“烷氧基芳基”是指带有烷氧基取代基的芳基,其中烷氧基和芳基如前述定义。烷氧基芳基可以任选被取代。非限制性例子包括例如对甲氧苯基、间叔丁氧基苯基和亚甲二氧基苯基。As used herein, the term "alkoxyaryl" refers to an aryl group bearing an alkoxy substituent, wherein alkoxy and aryl are as previously defined. Alkoxyaryl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, p-methoxyphenyl, m-tert-butoxyphenyl, and methylenedioxyphenyl.

如本文中使用的,“羧基”是指-C(=O)OH基团。As used herein, "carboxy" refers to a -C(=O)OH group.

如本文中使用的,“烷酰基”是指-C(=O)-烷基基团,其中烷基如前述定义。示例性的烷酰基包括乙酰基、正丙酰基、正丁酰基、2-甲基丙酰基、正戊酰基、2-甲基丁酰基、3-甲基丁酰基、2,2-二甲基丙酰基、庚酰基、癸酰基和棕榈酰基。As used herein, "alkanoyl" refers to a -C(=O)-alkyl group, wherein alkyl is as previously defined. Exemplary alkanoyl groups include acetyl, n-propionyl, n-butyryl, 2-methylpropionyl, n-pentanoyl, 2-methylbutyryl, 3-methylbutyryl, 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl Acyl, Heptanoyl, Decanoyl and Palmitoyl.

如本文中使用的,“杂环的”是指单环或多环系统的碳环原子团,其包含约4到约10个原子和在范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合,其中一个或多个原子为不同于碳的原子,如氮、氧或硫。杂环基团可为芳香族的或非芳香族的。非限制性例子包括例如吡咯和哌啶基团。As used herein, "heterocyclic" refers to a carbocyclic ring radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic ring system comprising about 4 to about 10 atoms and all combinations and subcombinations within ranges in which one or more The atoms are atoms other than carbon, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. A heterocyclic group can be aromatic or non-aromatic. Non-limiting examples include, for example, pyrrole and piperidine groups.

如本文中使用的,“卤代”是指氟代、氯代或溴代。As used herein, "halo" refers to fluoro, chloro or bromo.

典型地,被取代的化学部分包括一个或多个代替氢的取代基。示例性的取代基包括例如卤代(如,F、Cl、Br、I)、烷基、环烷基、烷基环烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、杂芳基、杂芳烷基、螺烷基、杂环烷基、羟基(-OH)、硝基(-NO2)、氰基(-CN)、氨基(-NH2)、-N-取代的氨基(-NHR″)、-N,N-二取代的氨基(-N(R″)R″)、羧基(-COOH)、-C(=O)R″、-OR″、-C(=O)OR″、-NHC(=O)R″、氨基羰基(-C(=O)NH2)、-N-取代的氨基羰基(-C(=O)NHR″)、-N,N-二取代的氨基羰基(-C(=O)N(R″)R″)、硫醇、烃硫基(SR″)、磺酸(SO3H)、膦酸(PO3H)、S(=O)2R″、S(=O)2NH2、S(=O)2NHR″、S(=O)2NR″R″、NHS(=O)2R″、NR″S(=O)2R″、CF3、CF2CF3、NHC(=O)NHR″、NHC(=O)NR″R″、NR″C(=O)NHR″、NR″C(=O)NR″R″、NR″C(=O)R″等。对于上述的取代基来说,每个部分R″可以独立地为例如H、烷基、环烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、杂芳基或杂环烷基中的任一种。Typically, a substituted chemical moiety includes one or more substituents in place of a hydrogen. Exemplary substituents include, for example, halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl , heteroaralkyl, spiroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl (-OH), nitro (-NO 2 ), cyano (-CN), amino (-NH 2 ), -N-substituted amino ( -NHR"), -N,N-disubstituted amino (-N(R")R"), carboxyl (-COOH), -C(=O)R", -OR", -C(=O) OR", -NHC(=O)R", aminocarbonyl (-C(=O)NH 2 ), -N-substituted aminocarbonyl (-C(=O)NHR"), -N,N-disubstituted Aminocarbonyl (-C(=O)N(R″)R″), mercaptan, thiol (SR″), sulfonic acid (SO 3 H), phosphonic acid (PO 3 H), S(=O ) 2 R", S(=O) 2 NH 2 , S(=O) 2 NHR", S(=O) 2 NR"R", NHS(=O) 2 R", NR"S(=O) 2 R", CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , NHC(=O)NHR", NHC(=O)NR"R", NR"C(=O)NHR", NR"C(=O)NR"R ", NR", C(=O)R", etc. For the aforementioned substituents, each moiety R" can independently be any of, for example, H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl .

如本文中使用的,“副作用”是指作为由药物产生的副作用的不同于所述药物或措施使用结果的结果,特别是对不是给药所追求的组织或器官系统的不良影响。在例如鸦片样物质的情况中,术语“副作用”可是指诸如例如肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或呕吐或其组合的状况。As used herein, "side effect" refers to a result that is different from the result of use of said drug or measure as a side effect produced by the drug, especially an adverse effect on a tissue or organ system other than that for which the administration is being administered. In the case of eg opioids, the term "side effect" may refer to conditions such as eg ileus, itching, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasms, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, nausea or vomiting or combinations thereof.

如本文中使用的,“肠梗阻”是指肠或幽门到直肠间的肠,特别是结肠的阻塞。参见例如,Dorland′s Illustrated Medical Dictionary,p.816,27th ed.(W.B.Saunders Company,Philadelphia 1988)。肠梗阻应该不同于便秘,便秘是指很少或很难排便。参见例如,Dorland′s IllustratedMedical Dictionary,p.375,27th ed.(W.B.Saunders Company,Philadelphia 1988)。肠梗阻可通过消化道正常协调运动的破坏,导致肠内容物推进故障进行诊断。参见例如,Resnick,J.Am.J.ofGastroenterology,1992,751和Resnick,J.Am.J.of Gastroenterology,1997,92,934。在有些情况下,特别是手术(包括腹部手术)后,肠机能障碍可能是相当严重的,持续超过一周并且影响胃肠道的多于一个部分。这种状况经常称为术后肠梗阻,并且最频繁地在剖腹术之后发生(参见Livingston,E.H.and Passaro,E.D.Jr.,Digestive Diseases和Seicnces,1990,35,121)。同样地,产后肠梗阻是妇女在分娩之后一段时间内常见的问题,并且认为是由分娩应激导致的天然鸦片样物质水平的类似波动引起的。As used herein, "bowel obstruction" refers to an obstruction of the bowel, particularly the colon, from the bowel or pylorus to the rectum. See, eg, Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary, p.816, 27th ed. (W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia 1988). Bowel obstruction should be distinguished from constipation, which is infrequent or difficult bowel movements. See, eg, Dorland's Illustrated Medical Dictionary, p. 375, 27th ed. (W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia 1988). Ileus can be diagnosed by disruption of the normal coordinated movement of the digestive tract, resulting in a failure to propel intestinal contents. See, eg, Resnick, J. Am. J. of Gastroenterology, 1992, 751 and Resnick, J. Am. J. of Gastroenterology, 1997, 92, 934. In some cases, especially after surgery (including abdominal surgery), bowel dysfunction can be quite severe, lasting more than a week and affecting more than one part of the gastrointestinal tract. This condition is often referred to as postoperative ileus and occurs most frequently after laparotomy (see Livingston, E.H. and Passaro, E.D.Jr., Digestive Diseases and Seicnces, 1990, 35, 121). Likewise, postpartum ileus is a common problem in women in the period following childbirth and is thought to be caused by similar fluctuations in natural opioid levels caused by the stress of childbirth.

如本文中使用的,“有效量”是指可在治疗学上有效地抑制、预防或治疗特定疾病、病症或副作用的症状的本文中所述的化合物的量。所述的疾病、病症和副作用包括但不限于与给药鸦片样物质有关的那些病理学状况(例如,与疼痛的治疗和/或预防有关),其中治疗或预防包括例如通过使本发明的化合物接触细胞、组织或受体而抑制其活性。因此,例如,术语“有效量”在用于与例如治疗疼痛的鸦片样物质相关时是指对疼痛的状况的治疗和/或预防。术语“有效量”在用于与外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂相关时是指治疗和/或预防典型地与鸦片样物质有关的副作用,包括诸如例如肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或呕吐或其组合的副作用。As used herein, "effective amount" refers to an amount of a compound described herein that is therapeutically effective to inhibit, prevent or treat the symptoms of a particular disease, disorder or side effect. The diseases, conditions and side effects include, but are not limited to, those pathological conditions associated with the administration of opioids (for example, in connection with the treatment and/or prevention of pain), wherein treatment or prevention includes, for example, by administering the compounds of the present invention Contact with cells, tissues or receptors to inhibit their activity. Thus, for example, the term "effective amount" when used in relation to, eg, an opioid for the treatment of pain, refers to the treatment and/or prevention of the painful condition. The term "effective amount" when used in relation to peripheral mu opioid antagonists refers to the treatment and/or prevention of side effects typically associated with opioids, including such as, for example, intestinal obstruction, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm , opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, nausea or vomiting, or a combination thereof.

如本文中使用的,“与…组合”、“联合治疗”和“组合产品”在某些实施方案中是指对患者同时给药止吐药和外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂(包括例如式I的化合物),或对患者同时给药止吐药、外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂和鸦片样物质。在组合给药时,各个组分可同时给药或在不同的时间点以任意顺序连续地给药。因此,各个组分可分别地但是时间上充分接近地给药,以提供所需的疗效。As used herein, "in combination with", "combination therapy" and "combination product" refer in certain embodiments to the simultaneous administration to a patient of an antiemetic and a peripheral mu opioid antagonist (including, for example, formula I compounds), or concurrently administer antiemetics, peripheral mu opioid antagonists, and opioids to patients. When administered in combination, the individual components may be administered simultaneously or sequentially in any order at different points in time. Thus, the individual components may be administered separately but in close enough time to provide the desired therapeutic effect.

如本文中使用的,“剂量单位”是指适合作为用于被治疗的特定患者的单位剂量的物理离散的单位。每个单位可包含与所需的药用载体结合的计划用于产生所需疗效的预定量的活性化合物。本发明的单位剂型的规格可由(a)活性化合物的独特特征和要实现的特定疗效,和(b)在本领域中这种活性化合物固有的局限性来规定。As used herein, "dosage unit" refers to a physically discrete unit suited as a unitary dosage for the particular patient being treated. Each unit may contain a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the unit dosage forms of the invention may be dictated by (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of such active compounds.

如本文中使用的,术语“可药用的”是指那些化合物、材料、组合物和/或剂型在合理的医学判断范围内适合于接触人类和动物的组织而没有过多的毒性、刺激性、变态反应或与合理的利益/风险比相配的其它问题并发症。As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms that are suitable for contacting human and animal tissues without excessive toxicity, irritation , allergic reactions, or other problematic complications that warrant a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

如本文中使用的,“可药用金属盐”是指本文公开的化合物的衍生物,其中母体化合物通过制备成其碱盐而进行改性。可药用盐的例子包括但不限于碱性残基例如胺、碱等的无机酸或有机酸的盐。可药用盐包括母体化合物与例如无毒的无机碱或有机碱形成的常规的无毒盐。这些生理学可接受的盐通过本领域中已知的方法制备,例如,通过将游离的胺碱用过量的酸在含水醇中溶解、或用碱金属碱如氢氧化物或用胺中和游离的羧酸。As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts" refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein wherein the parent compound has been modified by making base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, inorganic or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines, bases and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include conventional non-toxic salts of the parent compound with, for example, non-toxic inorganic or organic bases. These physiologically acceptable salts are prepared by methods known in the art, for example, by dissolving the free amine base in aqueous alcohol with excess acid, or neutralizing the free amine base with an alkali metal base such as hydroxide or with an amine. carboxylic acid.

贯穿本文中描述的化合物可以替代方式使用或制备。还考虑了类质同晶型、所有的手性和消旋形、N-氧化物、水合物、和溶剂合物在本发明的范围内。Compounds described throughout this document can be used or prepared in alternative ways. Isomorphs, all chiral and racemic forms, N-oxides, hydrates, and solvates are also contemplated to be within the scope of this invention.

本发明的某些酸性或碱性化合物可作为两性离子存在。化合物的所有形式,包括游离酸、游离碱和两性离子都被考虑在本发明的范围内。本领域中公知的是同时包含氨基和羧基的化合物经常以其两性离子的形式存在。因此,例如同时包含氨基和羧基的贯穿本文描述的任何化合物还包括它们相应的两性离子。Certain acidic or basic compounds of the invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acids, free bases and zwitterions, are contemplated within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in the art that compounds containing both amino and carboxyl groups often exist in their zwitterionic form. Thus, for example, any compounds described throughout this document that contain both amino and carboxyl groups also include their corresponding zwitterions.

如本文中使用的,“患者”是指动物,包括哺乳动物,优选人类。As used herein, "patient" refers to animals, including mammals, preferably humans.

如本文中使用的,“前药”是指特别地设计成能达到所需反应位置的活性物质的量最大化的化合物,其本身对于所需活性通常是无活性的或具有最低活性的,但是通过生物转化变为生物学活性的代谢物。As used herein, "prodrug" refers to a compound specifically designed to maximize the amount of active substance that reaches a desired reaction site, which itself is generally inactive or minimally active for the desired activity, but Biologically active metabolites through biotransformation.

如本文中使用的,“立体异构体”是指具有相同的化学组成但是在原子或基团的空间排列上不同的化合物。As used herein, "stereoisomers" refers to compounds that have the same chemical composition but differ in the arrangement of atoms or groups in space.

如本文中使用的,“N-氧化物”是指其中杂芳基环或叔胺的碱性氮原子被氧化形成带有一个形式正电荷的季氮和所连接的带有形式负电荷的氧原子。As used herein, "N-oxide" refers to a heteroaryl ring or tertiary amine in which the basic nitrogen atom is oxidized to form a quaternary nitrogen with a formal positive charge and an attached oxygen with a formal negative charge. atom.

当任何变量在任何成分中或在任何式子中出现超过一次时,其在各个情况中的定义与其它情况中无关。取代基和/或变量的组合只有在这种组合产生稳定化合物时才是允许的。When any variable occurs more than once in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each instance is independent of the others. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.

式I说明可用于本发明的方法、组合物和药包中的哌啶衍生物可作为在哌啶环的3-和4-位的反式和顺式立体化学异构体存在。在最优选的式I的化合物中,R2取代基和R4取代基在哌啶上为“反式”取向。Formula I illustrates that the piperidine derivatives useful in the methods, compositions and kits of the invention can exist as trans and cis stereochemical isomers at the 3- and 4-positions of the piperidine ring. In the most preferred compounds of formula I, the R2 substituent and the R4 substituent are in "trans" orientation on the piperidine.

除了式I的R2取代基和R4取代基的“顺式”和“反式”取向之外,式I中带有R2取代基和R4取代基的碳原子的绝对立体化学还使用通常采用的“R”和“S”定义进行定义(Orchin等人,The Vocabulary of OrganicChemistry,John Wiley和Sons,Inc.,page126,其被并入本文作为参考)。优选的本发明的化合物是其中式I的哌啶环上的R2取代基和R4取代基的构型都是“R”的那些。In addition to the "cis" and "trans" orientations of the R2 and R4 substituents of Formula I, the absolute stereochemistry of the carbon atoms bearing the R2 and R4 substituents in Formula I was also used The definitions of "R" and "S" are generally adopted (Orchin et al., The Vocabulary of Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., page 126, which is incorporated herein by reference). Preferred compounds of the invention are those wherein the configuration of both the R2 substituent and the R4 substituent on the piperidine ring of formula I is "R".

此外,取决于R4的结构,可以在分子中引入不对称碳原子。因此,这些化合物类别可作为在这些手性中心的单独的“R”或“S”立体异构体存在,或作为异构体的外消旋混合物存在,其全部都被考虑在本发明的范围内。优选地,使用本发明的化合物的基本上纯的立体异构体,即,其中手性中心的构型为“R”或“S”的异构体,即,其中在三个手性中心I的构型优选为3R,4R,S或3R,4R,R的那些化合物。In addition, depending on the structure of R4 , an asymmetric carbon atom can be introduced into the molecule. Accordingly, these classes of compounds may exist as individual "R" or "S" stereoisomers at these chiral centers, or as racemic mixtures of isomers, all of which are contemplated within the scope of this invention Inside. Preferably, substantially pure stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention are used, i.e., isomers in which the configuration of the chiral center is "R" or "S", i.e., in which at the three chiral centers I The configuration of is preferably those compounds of 3R, 4R, S or 3R, 4R, R.

如本文中使用的,“外周”或“外周起作用”是指药物在中枢神经系统之外起作用。As used herein, "peripherally" or "peripherally acting" means that the drug acts outside of the central nervous system.

如本文中使用的,“中枢起作用”是指药物在中枢神经系统内起作用。As used herein, "centrally acting" means that the drug acts within the central nervous system.

本发明的方法、组合物和药包涉及外周鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物。术语“外周”是指该化合物主要作用于中枢神经系统以外的生理学系统和要素。在优选形式中,用于本发明方法中的外周鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物相对于外周组织如胃肠道组织表现出高水平活性,并表现出降低的CNS活性并优选基本上没有CNS活性。如本文中使用的,短语“基本上没有CNS活性”是指在CNS中表现出低于本发明方法所用化合物的药理学活性的约20%,优选低于约15%,更优选低于约10%,更优选低于约5%,最优选在CNS中表现出低于本发明方法所用化合物的药理学活性的约1%。The methods, compositions and kits of the invention relate to peripheral opioid antagonist compounds. The term "peripheral" means that the compound primarily acts on physiological systems and elements other than the central nervous system. In preferred forms, peripheral opioid antagonist compounds for use in the methods of the invention exhibit high levels of activity relative to peripheral tissues, such as those of the gastrointestinal tract, and exhibit reduced and preferably substantially no CNS activity. As used herein, the phrase "substantially free of CNS activity" refers to exhibiting in the CNS less than about 20%, preferably less than about 15%, more preferably less than about 10% of the pharmacological activity of the compounds used in the methods of the invention. %, more preferably less than about 5%, and most preferably exhibit less than about 1% of the pharmacological activity of the compounds used in the methods of the invention in the CNS.

此外,在其中给药化合物以拮抗鸦片样物质的外周副作用的本发明的某些实施方案中,优选该化合物基本上不通过血脑屏障,从而不减少鸦片样物质的有利活性。如本文中使用的,短语“基本上不通过”是指本发明方法所用化合物的低于约20重量%通过血脑屏障,优选低于约15重量%,更优选低于约10重量%,更优选低于约5重量%,并且最优选0重量%的化合物通过血脑屏障。通过测定静脉内给药之后在血浆和脑中的水平评价所选化合物的CNS渗透性。Furthermore, in certain embodiments of the invention in which the compound is administered to antagonize the peripheral side effects of the opioid, it is preferred that the compound does not substantially cross the blood-brain barrier so as not to diminish the beneficial activity of the opioid. As used herein, the phrase "substantially does not pass" means that less than about 20% by weight of the compounds used in the methods of the present invention pass through the blood-brain barrier, preferably less than about 15% by weight, more preferably less than about 10% by weight, and more preferably less than about 10% by weight. Preferably less than about 5% by weight, and most preferably 0% by weight of the compound passes the blood-brain barrier. CNS permeability of selected compounds was assessed by measuring levels in plasma and brain following intravenous administration.

US-B-6,451,806和US-B-6,469,030公开了这样的方法和组合物,其包括鸦片样物质和鸦片样物质拮抗剂,包括外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂,其公开被全文并入本文作为参考。该方法和组合物尤其可用于预防和治疗疼痛和用于治疗和/或预防与鸦片样物质有关的副作用,包括肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或其组合,特别是术后肠梗阻、产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、术后恶心或术后呕吐。本发明的方法、组合物和药包涉及外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂,并且涉及外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂与中枢起作用的止吐药和中枢起作用的止吐药和鸦片样物质的组合,用于治疗和预防例如疼痛和/或与鸦片样物质有关的副作用,包括肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、呕吐或恶心或其组合,特别是术后或产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、术后恶心或术后呕吐。US-B-6,451,806 and US-B-6,469,030 disclose methods and compositions comprising opioids and opioid antagonists, including peripheral mu opioid antagonists, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety . The methods and compositions are particularly useful for the prevention and treatment of pain and for the treatment and/or prevention of side effects associated with opioids, including ileus, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic , nausea or a combination thereof, especially postoperative ileus, postpartum ileus, opioid bowel dysfunction, postoperative nausea or postoperative vomiting. The methods, compositions and kits of the present invention relate to peripheral mu opioid antagonists and to combinations of peripheral mu opioid antagonists with centrally acting antiemetics and centrally acting antiemetics and opioids , for the treatment and prevention of, for example, pain and/or side effects associated with opioids, including ileus, itching, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, vomiting or nausea or combinations thereof, especially Is postoperative or postpartum ileus, opioid bowel dysfunction, postoperative nausea, or postoperative vomiting.

因此,在一个实施方案中,本发明提供包括以下步骤的方法:Accordingly, in one embodiment, the invention provides a method comprising the steps of:

a.提供组合物,其包括:a. providing a composition comprising:

(i)至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐:(i) at least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I:

Figure A20058001794900451
Figure A20058001794900451

其中:in:

R1为氢或烷基;R 1 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R2为氢、烷基或烯基; R is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

R3为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R4为氢、烷基或烯基;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;

A为OR5或NR6R7A is OR 5 or NR 6 R 7 ;

R5为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R6为氢或烷基;R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R7为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、芳基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的B,或R6和R7与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene Substituted B, or R6 and R7 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

B为B for

C(=O)W或NR8R9C(=O)W or NR 8 R 9 ;

R为氢或烷基;R is hydrogen or alkyl;

R9为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳基、或芳烷基,或R8和R9与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, or R and R are combined with The nitrogen atoms to which they are attached together form a heterocycle;

W为OR10、NR11R12或OE;W is OR 10 , NR 11 R 12 or OE;

R10为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R11为氢或烷基;R 11 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R12为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、芳烷基、或亚烷基取代的C(=O)Y,或R11和R12与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, aralkyl, or alkylene substituted C( =O)Y, or R 11 and R 12 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

E为E is

亚烷基取代的(C=O)D、或-R13OC(=O)R14Alkylene substituted (C=O)D, or -R 13 OC(=O)R 14 ;

R13为烷基取代的亚烷基;R 13 is an alkylene group substituted by an alkyl group;

R14为烷基;R 14 is an alkyl group;

D为OR15或NR16R17D is OR 15 or NR 16 R 17 ;

R15为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R16为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基或环烯基取代的烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl or cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl;

R17为氢或烷基,或R16和R17与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 17 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, or R 16 and R 17 form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached;

Y为OR18或NR19R20Y is OR 18 or NR 19 R 20 ;

R18为氢、烷基、烯基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基; R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl-substituted alkyl, or aralkyl;

R19为氢或烷基;R 19 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R20为氢、烷基、烯基、芳基、环烷基、环烯基、环烷基取代的烷基、环烯基取代的烷基、或芳烷基,或R19和20与它们所连接的氮原子一起形成杂环;R 20 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl substituted alkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted alkyl, or aralkyl, or R 19 and 20 are combined with their The nitrogen atoms attached together form a heterocycle;

R21为氢或烷基;R 21 is hydrogen or alkyl;

和n为0到4;and n is 0 to 4;

(ii)至少一种结晶的增量剂;(ii) at least one crystalline extender;

(iii)至少一种弱碱;和(iii) at least one weak base; and

(iv)水;(iv) water;

其中所述组合物具有至少约10.5的初始pH;和wherein said composition has an initial pH of at least about 10.5; and

b.调节所述组合物的pH到在约9到约11范围内的最终pH;b. adjusting the pH of the composition to a final pH in the range of about 9 to about 11;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

本发明的方法尤其可用于形成相对于现有技术的组合物(包括含相同或不同组分但是没有以相同方法加工成最终制剂(例如pH调节、原地形成活性成分的可药用金属盐、冷冻干燥和/或捏合(anneal))或不具有相同物理性质(例如密度或孔隙率)的组合物)具有改善的溶出度和生物利用度的组合物,特别是通过可注射制剂,如在静脉内给药的那些。The methods of the invention are particularly useful for forming compositions relative to the prior art (including compositions containing the same or different Freeze-dried and/or anneal) or compositions that do not have the same physical properties (such as density or porosity) have improved dissolution and bioavailability, especially through injectable formulations, such as in intravenous those administered internally.

在该方法的优选实施方案中,在重新组构时,溶液在环境条件下在不到约五分钟内形成,更优选地,在环境条件下在不到约一分钟内,并且更优选地,在环境条件下在不到约30秒内形成,优选通过简单的摇动、搅拌或混合重新组构。如本文中使用的,“在环境条件下”是指在标准大气压力和约10℃到约50℃范围内的室温下,而没有直接加热或冷却。溶液的形成可以通过例如在混合时通过目视观察(优选使用通过光阑投射到溶液中的显微镜光)透明溶液的存在测定、通过库尔特悬浮物测定仪测定或通过光散射仪器测定。In preferred embodiments of the method, upon reconstitution, the solution is formed in less than about five minutes at ambient conditions, more preferably, in less than about one minute at ambient conditions, and more preferably, Forms in less than about 30 seconds at ambient conditions, preferably reconstituted by simple shaking, stirring or mixing. As used herein, "under ambient conditions" means at standard atmospheric pressure and room temperature in the range of about 10°C to about 50°C, without direct heating or cooling. Formation of a solution can be determined, for example, by the presence of a clear solution upon mixing by visual observation (preferably using microscope light projected into the solution through an aperture), by a Coulter tester, or by light scattering instrumentation.

在该方法的优选实施方案中,初始pH被调节到至少约11。优选地,初始pH不超过约pH12,因为这样高的pH可引起组合物不稳定。初始pH可用任何适当的可药用pH调节剂调节,包括强或弱的酸或碱,优选可药用的金属碳酸盐、可药用的金属碳酸氢盐、可药用的金属氢氧化物或、盐酸,更优选其中可药用的金属为钠,并且更优选为碳酸钠或碳酸氢钠,而且更优选碳酸钠。优选碳酸钠和碳酸氢钠是因为它们产生二氧化碳,从而有助于所需的更低的组合物密度。In a preferred embodiment of the method, the initial pH is adjusted to at least about 11. Preferably, the initial pH does not exceed about pH 12, since such a high pH can cause the composition to be unstable. The initial pH can be adjusted with any suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pH adjusting agent, including strong or weak acids or bases, preferably pharmaceutically acceptable metal carbonates, pharmaceutically acceptable metal bicarbonates, pharmaceutically acceptable metal hydroxides Or, hydrochloric acid, more preferably wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable metal is sodium, and more preferably sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate, and more preferably sodium carbonate. Sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate are preferred because they generate carbon dioxide, thereby contributing to the desired lower composition density.

在该方法的优选实施方案中,调节最终pH为约9.5到约10.5。最终pH可用任何适当的可药用pH调节剂进行调节,包括强或弱的酸或碱,优选氢氧化钠或盐酸。In a preferred embodiment of the method, the final pH is adjusted from about 9.5 to about 10.5. The final pH can be adjusted with any suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pH adjusting agent, including strong or weak acids or bases, preferably sodium hydroxide or hydrochloric acid.

在该方法的某些优选实施方案中,原地制备至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐。In certain preferred embodiments of the method, at least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of the compound of formula I is prepared in situ.

在该方法的某些优选实施方案中,式I的化合物的可药用金属盐由至少一种弱碱形成,其中所述弱碱以至少约等摩尔量加入到所述式I的化合物中。优选地,不使用大过量的弱碱,因为这种过量可引起不期望的高pH(大于约12),其可以有助于组合物不稳定。In certain preferred embodiments of this method, the pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of the compound of formula I is formed from at least one weak base, wherein said weak base is added to said compound of formula I in at least about equimolar amounts. Preferably, large excesses of weak bases are not used, as such excesses can lead to undesirably high pH (greater than about 12), which can contribute to composition instability.

在该方法的某些优选实施方案中,通过首先将所述增量剂和所述弱碱的可药用金属盐在水中混合,然后向所述混合物加入所述式I的化合物而制备组合物。In certain preferred embodiments of this method, the composition is prepared by first mixing said bulking agent and said pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a weak base in water and then adding said compound of formula I to said mixture .

在某些其它优选实施方案中,通过基本上同时地将所述式I的化合物、所述增量剂和所述弱碱的可药用金属盐在水中混合制备组合物。如在混合背景下所使用的,“基本上同时地”是指彼此在约五分钟内、优选在约一分钟内、更优选在约30秒内将各个组分混合在一起。In certain other preferred embodiments, the composition is prepared by admixing said compound of formula I, said bulking agent and said pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a weak base in water substantially simultaneously. As used in the context of mixing, "substantially simultaneously" means that the individual components are mixed together within about five minutes, preferably within about one minute, and more preferably within about 30 seconds of each other.

在本发明的优选实施方案中,可药用金属为碱金属,如钠、钾或锂;或碱土金属,如钙或镁,或其组合。优选钠、钙和镁。更优选钠。对于非肠道给药,优选避免使用钾。In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutically acceptable metal is an alkali metal, such as sodium, potassium or lithium; or an alkaline earth metal, such as calcium or magnesium, or a combination thereof. Sodium, calcium and magnesium are preferred. Sodium is more preferred. For parenteral administration, potassium is preferably avoided.

该方法可另外包括将所述组合物干燥以除去至少一部分的所述水以形成部分或完全干燥的产品的步骤。在优选实施方案中,在干燥步骤过程中将组合物捏合。如本文中使用的,“捏合”是指将材料加热然后慢慢冷却的过程,包括重复的加热和冷却循环。适当的干燥方法包括冷冻干燥(冻干)、喷雾干燥、真空干燥及其组合。优选的干燥方法为冷冻干燥。The method may additionally comprise the step of drying said composition to remove at least a portion of said water to form a partially or completely dry product. In a preferred embodiment, the composition is kneaded during the drying step. As used herein, "kneading" refers to the process of heating a material and then slowly cooling it, including repeated heating and cooling cycles. Suitable drying methods include freeze drying (lyophilization), spray drying, vacuum drying and combinations thereof. A preferred method of drying is freeze drying.

该方法可另外包括通过将所述干燥产品与可药用的溶剂合并以形成所述干燥产品的溶液而使其重新组构的步骤。The method may additionally comprise the step of reconstituting said dried product by combining said dried product with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent to form a solution of said dried product.

在该方法的优选实施方案中,弱碱为碳酸氢盐或碳酸盐,更优选为碳酸盐。优选这些弱碱是因为它们产生二氧化碳,从而有助于所需的更低的组合物密度。In a preferred embodiment of the method, the weak base is bicarbonate or carbonate, more preferably carbonate. These weak bases are preferred because they generate carbon dioxide, thereby contributing to the desired lower composition density.

在该方法的优选实施方案中,可药用的溶剂为含水的,优选水、等渗氯化钠溶液、林格氏液(Ringer′s solution)、右旋糖溶液、或乳酸林格氏液(lactated Ringer′s solution)。In a preferred embodiment of the method, the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent is aqueous, preferably water, isotonic sodium chloride solution, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, or lactated Ringer's solution (lactated Ringer's solution).

在优选实施方案中,本发明方法另外包括将所述干燥产品的所述溶液对患者给药的步骤。组合物可在术前、手术过程中和/或在没有手术的情况下给药。In a preferred embodiment, the method of the invention additionally comprises the step of administering said solution of said dry product to a patient. Compositions can be administered before surgery, during surgery, and/or without surgery.

在优选实施方案中,组合物通过注射给药,特别是皮下注射、肌肉内注射或静脉内注射。In a preferred embodiment, the composition is administered by injection, in particular subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection.

在本发明的组合物中可使用结晶的任何可药用的增量剂。如本文中使用的,“增量剂”是指起到作为药物(在本发明的情况中为式I的化合物)的载体作用的惰性稀释剂或添加剂。适当的增量剂可以在Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients,3rd Ed.Washington,D.C:American Pharmaceutical Association,1998中找到,其公开被并入本文作为参考。在某些其它优选实施方案中,增量剂为多元醇,如碳水化合物或糖醇。适当的碳水化合物包括蔗糖、海藻糖、乳糖、麦芽糖及其混合物。适当的糖醇包括甘露醇、木糖醇、赤藓醇、乳糖醇、异麦芽酮糖醇、polyalditol、麦芽糖醇及其混合物。特别优选甘露醇。Any pharmaceutically acceptable bulking agent that is crystalline may be used in the compositions of the present invention. As used herein, "bulking agent" refers to an inert diluent or additive that functions as a carrier for a drug (in the case of the present invention, a compound of formula I). Suitable bulking agents can be found in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 3rd Ed. Washington, D.C: American Pharmaceutical Association, 1998, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In certain other preferred embodiments, the bulking agent is a polyol, such as a carbohydrate or a sugar alcohol. Suitable carbohydrates include sucrose, trehalose, lactose, maltose and mixtures thereof. Suitable sugar alcohols include mannitol, xylitol, erythritol, lactitol, isomalt, polyalditol, maltitol and mixtures thereof. Mannitol is particularly preferred.

虽然不希望束缚于理论,但是相信结晶的增量剂产生具有良好机械性能的所需饼状结构。这些性质对于确保迅速的重新组构速率是重要的。另外,结晶的增量剂在冷冻干燥过程中迅速成核产生具有更大表面积的饼状物,从而产生更高的扩散通量和更快的升华速率。非晶态的增量剂的干燥需要高能量并且不能产生所需的饼状结构。因为初始结晶大小取决于成核速率和生长速率,在包含无定形固体的系统中形成的小结晶产生具有每体积更低表面积的孔。这种更低的表面积产生较低的扩散通量和较低的升华速率。While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the crystalline extenders produce the desired cake-like structure with good mechanical properties. These properties are important to ensure a rapid rate of reorganization. In addition, the crystalline bulking agent nucleates rapidly during freeze-drying to produce cakes with greater surface area, resulting in higher diffusion fluxes and faster sublimation rates. Drying of amorphous extenders requires high energy and does not produce the desired cake-like structure. Because the initial crystal size depends on the nucleation rate and growth rate, small crystals formed in systems containing amorphous solids produce pores with lower surface area per volume. This lower surface area produces lower diffusion fluxes and lower sublimation rates.

在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及组合物,其包括:In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to compositions comprising:

a.至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐;a. at least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I;

b.至少一种结晶的增量剂;b. at least one crystalline extender;

其中所述组合物具有低于约1.0g/cm3的密度;wherein said composition has a density of less than about 1.0 g/ cm ;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

优选地,组合物具有低于0.5g/cm3的密度,更优选为低于约0.2g/cm3,更优选为低于约0.15g/cm3,更优选为约0.05g/cm3到约0.12g/cm3范围内的密度,更优选约0.06g/cm3到约0.08g/cm3范围内的密度。Preferably, the composition has a density below 0.5 g/cm 3 , more preferably below about 0.2 g/cm 3 , more preferably below about 0.15 g/cm 3 , more preferably from about 0.05 g/cm 3 to A density in the range of about 0.12 g/cm 3 , more preferably a density in the range of about 0.06 g/cm 3 to about 0.08 g/cm 3 .

在某些实施方案中,本发明涉及组合物,其包括:In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to compositions comprising:

a.至少一种式I化合物的可药用金属盐;a. at least one pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I;

b.至少一种结晶的增量剂;b. at least one crystalline extender;

c.基于组合物总重量,低于约1重量%的增溶表面活性剂;c. less than about 1% by weight of a solubilizing surfactant, based on the total weight of the composition;

d.基于组合物总重量,低于约10重量%的非水溶剂;和d. less than about 10% by weight of a non-aqueous solvent, based on the total weight of the composition; and

e.基于组合物总重量,低于约0.5重量%的环糊精;e. less than about 0.5% by weight cyclodextrin, based on the total weight of the composition;

其中,在对患者给药时,所述组合物具有用于口服或非肠道给药的改善的溶出度和生物利用度。Wherein, when administered to a patient, the composition has improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration.

这些组合物提供对于口服或非肠道给药为改善的溶出度和生物利用度,因为它们允许式I的化合物在从干燥产品重新组构时比对于式I的化合物的其它情况(其由于两性离子的性质而具有非常低的水溶性)更容易地溶解。These compositions provide improved dissolution and bioavailability for oral or parenteral administration because they allow the compound of formula I to be reconstituted from a dry product compared to other cases of compounds of formula I (which due to amphoteric ionic nature and has very low water solubility) dissolves more easily.

优选地,式I的化合物的可药用金属盐以至少约0.1mg/mL的水平存在,更优选以至少约1mg/mL的水平存在,更优选以至少约2mg/mL的水平存在。Preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable metal salt of a compound of formula I is present at a level of at least about 0.1 mg/mL, more preferably at a level of at least about 1 mg/mL, more preferably at a level of at least about 2 mg/mL.

优选地,本发明的组合物另外包括至少一种可药用的溶剂。在该组合物的优选实施方案中,可药用的溶剂为含水的,优选水、等渗氯化钠溶液、林格氏液、葡萄糖溶液或乳酸林格氏液。Preferably, the compositions of the invention additionally comprise at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent. In a preferred embodiment of the composition, the pharmaceutically acceptable solvent is aqueous, preferably water, isotonic sodium chloride solution, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution or lactated Ringer's solution.

优选地,组合物具有至少约18个月的保存期限。如本文中使用的,“保存期限”是指从制剂的生产和包装之后直到其化学或生物学活性不少于标记效力的预定水平(通常约90%)并且其物理性质没有可感知的或有害的变化的时间。Preferably, the compositions have a shelf life of at least about 18 months. As used herein, "shelf life" refers to the time from the manufacture and packaging of a formulation until its chemical or biological activity is not less than a predetermined level (usually about 90%) of labeling potency and its physical properties are not appreciable or deleterious. time of change.

在某些优选实施方案中,本发明的组合物可包括鸦片样物质、鸦片样物质的前药和/或药理学活性代谢物,条件是其内含物不妨碍式I化合物的溶出度或生物利用度。适当的鸦片样物质包括阿芬太尼、丁丙诺啡、布托啡诺、可待因、地佐辛、双氢可待因、芬太尼、氢可酮、氢吗啡酮、左啡诺、哌替啶(度冷丁)、美沙酮、吗啡、纳布啡、羟考酮、羟吗啡酮、喷他佐辛、丙吡兰、右丙氧芬、舒芬太尼、曲马多及其混合物。优选的鸦片样物质包括吗啡、可待因、羟考酮、氢可酮、双氢可待因、右丙氧芬、芬太尼和曲马多。In certain preferred embodiments, the compositions of the present invention may include opioids, prodrugs of opioids and/or pharmacologically active metabolites, provided that their inclusions do not interfere with the dissolution rate or biological Utilization. Suitable opioids include alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, dezocine, dihydrocodeine, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol , meperidine (meperidine), methadone, morphine, nalbuphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, propyram, dextropropoxyphene, sufentanil, tramadol and their mixtures . Preferred opioids include morphine, codeine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, dihydrocodeine, dextropropoxyphene, fentanyl and tramadol.

本发明的组合物可另外包括一种或多种通常用于止痛和/或咳嗽-感冒-止咳药组合产品的其它活性成分,条件是其内含物不妨碍式I化合物的溶出度或生物利用度。这种常规的组分包括例如阿司匹林、COX-2抑制剂、对乙酰氨基酚、苯丙醇胺、去氧肾上腺素、氯苯那敏、咖啡因和/或愈创甘油醚。可包括的典型的或常规的成分在例如Physicians′Desk Reference,2004中描述,其公开被全文并入本文作为参考。The compositions of the present invention may additionally comprise one or more other active ingredients commonly used in combination products for analgesia and/or cough-cold-suppressants, provided that their inclusions do not interfere with the dissolution rate or bioavailability of the compound of formula I Spend. Such conventional ingredients include, for example, aspirin, COX-2 inhibitors, acetaminophen, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine, chlorpheniramine, caffeine and/or guaifenesin. Typical or conventional ingredients that may be included are described, for example, in Physicians' Desk Reference, 2004, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

另外,本发明的组合物可另外包括一种或多种设计成能增强鸦片样物质的止痛效力和/或设计成能减少形成止痛剂耐受性的化合物,条件是其内含物不妨碍式I化合物的溶出度或生物利用度。这种化合物包括例如右美沙芬或其它NMDA拮抗剂(Mao,M.J.等人,Pain1996,67,361)、L-364,718和其它CCK拮抗剂(Dourish,CT.等人,Eur.J.Pharmacol.,1988,147,469)、NOS抑制剂(Bhargava,H.N.等人,Neuropeptides,1996,30,219)、PKC抑制剂(Bilsky,EJ.等人,J.Pharmacol.Exp.Ther.1996,277,484)、和强啡肽拮抗剂或抗血清(Nichols,M.L.等人,Pain,1997,69,317)。前述每一个文献的公开被全文并入本文作为参考。In addition, the compositions of the present invention may additionally include one or more compounds designed to enhance the analgesic efficacy of the opioid and/or to reduce the development of analgesic tolerance, provided that their inclusion does not interfere with the formula Dissolution or bioavailability of I compounds. Such compounds include, for example, dextromethorphan or other NMDA antagonists (Mao, M.J. et al., Pain 1996, 67, 361), L-364,718 and other CCK antagonists (Dourish, CT. et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol ., 1988,147,469), NOS inhibitors (Bhargava, H.N. et al., Neuropeptides, 1996,30, 219), PKC inhibitors (Bilsky, EJ. et al., J.Pharmacol.Exp.Ther.1996,277 , 484), and dynorphin antagonists or antisera (Nichols, M.L. et al., Pain, 1997, 69, 317). The disclosure of each of the foregoing documents is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

除上述举例说明的那些之外,可用于本发明的方法和组合物中的用于增加鸦片样物质的止痛效力和/或用于减少形成止痛剂耐受性的其它鸦片样物质、任选的常规的鸦片样物质组分、和任选的化合物对于掌握了本发明公开的教导的本领域技术人员来说是显而易见的。In addition to those exemplified above, other opioids, optionally Conventional opioid components, and optional compounds, will be apparent to those skilled in the art armed with the teachings of the present disclosure.

优选的4-芳基-哌啶衍生物包括例如在US-A-5,250,542、US-A-5,159,081、US-A-5,270,328、和US-A-5,434,171、US-B-6,451,806和US-B-6,469,030中公开的化合物,其公开被全文并入本文作为参考。Preferred 4-aryl-piperidine derivatives are included, for example, in US-A-5,250,542, US-A-5,159,081, US-A-5,270,328, and US-A-5,434,171, US-B-6,451,806 and US-B-6,469,030 Compounds disclosed in , the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在优选实施方案中,式I的化合物为反式的3,4-异构体。In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula I is the trans 3,4-isomer.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

R1为氢;R 1 is hydrogen;

R2为烷基;R 2 is an alkyl group;

n为1或2;n is 1 or 2;

R3为苄基、苯基、环己基或环己基甲基;和 R is benzyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexylmethyl; and

R4为烷基。R 4 is an alkyl group.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

A为OR5;和A is OR 5 ; and

R5为氢或烷基。R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

A为NR6R7A is NR 6 R 7 ;

R6为氢; R6 is hydrogen;

R7为亚烷基取代的B;和R 7 is B substituted with alkylene; and

B为C(O)W。B is C(O)W.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

R7为(CH2)q-B;R 7 is (CH 2 )qB;

q为约1到约3;q is from about 1 to about 3;

W为OR10;和W is OR 10 ; and

R10为氢、烷基、苯基取代的烷基、环烷基、或环烷基取代的烷基。R 10 is hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl.

在包括式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments comprising compounds of formula I, preferably

W为NR11R12W is NR 11 R 12 ;

R11为氢或烷基;和R 11 is hydrogen or alkyl; and

R12为氢、烷基或亚烷基取代的C(=O)Y。R 12 is hydrogen, alkyl or alkylene substituted C(=O)Y.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

R12为(CH2)mC(O)Y;R 12 is (CH 2 )mC(O)Y;

m为1到3;m is 1 to 3;

Y为OR18或NR19R20;和Y is OR 18 or NR 19 R 20 ; and

R18、R19和R20独立地为氢或烷基。R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are independently hydrogen or alkyl.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

W为OE;W is OE;

E为CH2C(=O)D;E is CH2C (=O)D;

D为OR15或NR16R17D is OR 15 or NR 16 R 17 ;

R15为氢或烷基;R 15 is hydrogen or alkyl;

R16为甲基或苄基;和R 16 is methyl or benzyl; and

R17为氢。 R17 is hydrogen.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

W为OE;W is OE;

E为R13OC(=O)R14E is R 13 OC(=O)R 14 ;

R13为-CH(CH3)-或-CH(CH2CH3)-;和R 13 is -CH(CH 3 )- or -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-; and

R14为烷基。R 14 is an alkyl group.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, preferably

A为OR5;和A is OR 5 ; and

R5为氢。R 5 is hydrogen.

在采用式I的化合物的某些实施方案中,优选哌啶环的3位和4位的构型各自为R型。In certain embodiments employing compounds of formula I, it is preferred that the configurations at the 3- and 4-positions of the piperidine ring are each R.

优选的式I的化合物包括:Preferred compounds of formula I include:

Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H5))C(O)OH、Q-CH 2 CH(CH 2 (C 6 H 5 ))C(O)OH,

Q-CH2CH2CH(C6H5)C(O)NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH2Q-CH 2 CH 2 CH(C 6 H 5 )C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 ,

Q-CH2CH2CH(C6H5)C(O)NHCH2C(O)OH、Q-CH 2 CH 2 CH(C 6 H 5 )C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

Q-CH2CH2CH(C6H5)C(O)NHCH2C(O)NHCH3Q-CH 2 CH 2 CH(C 6 H 5 )C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

Q-CH2CH2CH(C6H5)C(O)NHCH2C(O)NHCH2CH3Q-CH 2 CH 2 CH(C 6 H 5 )C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 ,

G-NH(CH2)2C(O)NH2G-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NH 2 ,

G-NH(CH2)2C(O)NHCH3G-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

G-NHCH2C(O)NH2G-NHCH 2 C(O)NH 2 ,

G-NHCH2C(O)NHCH3G-NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

G-NHCH2C(O)NHCH2CH3G-NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 ,

G-NH(CH2)3C(O)OCH2CH3G-NH(CH 2 ) 3 C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 ,

G-NH(CH2)3C(O)NHCH3G-NH(CH 2 ) 3 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

G-NH(CH2)2C(O)OH、G-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)OH,

G-NH(CH2)3C(O)OH、G-NH(CH 2 ) 3 C(O)OH,

Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H11))C(O)NHCH2C(O)OH、Q-CH 2 CH(CH 2 (C 6 H 11 ))C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H11))C(O)NH(CH2)2C(O)OH、Q-CH 2 CH(CH 2 (C 6 H 11 ))C(O)NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)OH,

Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H11))C(O)NH(CH2)2C(O)NH2Q-CH 2 CH(CH 2 (C 6 H 11 ))C(O)NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NH 2 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH3Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)OH、Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

Z-NHCH2C(O)NH2Z-NHCH 2 C(O)NH 2 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)N(CH3)2Z-NHCH 2 C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)NHCH(CH3)2Z-NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH(CH3)2Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

Z-NH(CH2)2C(O)OCH2(C6H5)、Z-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)OCH 2 (C 6 H 5 ),

Z-NH(CH2)2C(O)OH、Z-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)OH,

Z-NH(CH2)2C(O)NHCH2CH3Z-NH(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 ,

Z-NH(CH2)3C(O)NHCH3Z-NH(CH 2 ) 3 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)NHCH2C(O)OH、Z-NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2C(O)OCH3Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 C(O)OCH 3 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)O(CH2)4CH3Z-NHCH 2 C(O)O(CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2C(O)NHCH3Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 C(O)NHCH 3 ,

Z-NHCH2C(O)O-(4-甲氧基环己基)、Z-NHCH 2 C(O)O-(4-methoxycyclohexyl),

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2C(O)NHCH2(C6H5)、和Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 (C 6 H 5 ), and

Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH(CH3)OC(O)CH3Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH(CH 3 )OC(O)CH 3 ;

其中:Q表示Among them: Q means

G表示G means

and

Z表示Z means

Figure A20058001794900563
Figure A20058001794900563

更优选的式I的化合物包括:More preferred compounds of formula I include:

(3R,4R,S)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH(CH3)2(3R, 4R, S)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

(+)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH、(+)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

(-)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH、(-)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OH,

(3R,4R,R)-Z-NHCH2C(O)-OCH2CH(CH3)2(3R, 4R, R)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)-OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

(3S,4S,S)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH(CH3)2(3S, 4S, S)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

(3S,4S,R)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OCH2CH(CH3)2(3S, 4S, R)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ,

(3R,4R)-Z-NHCH2C(O)NHCH2(C6H5)、和(3R,4R)-Z-NHCH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 (C 6 H 5 ), and

(3R,4R)-G-NH(CH2)3C(O)OH。(3R,4R)-G-NH( CH2 ) 3C (O)OH.

其中Q、Z和G如前述定义的。wherein Q, Z and G are as defined above.

优选的式I的化合物包括(+)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH和(-)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH,其中Z如前述定义的。在所述化合物为(+)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH时特别优选。特别优选的化合物是[[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-羟基苯基)-3(R),4-二甲基-哌啶基]甲基]-1-氧代-3-苯基丙基]氨基]乙酸二水合物(USAN名称,爱维莫潘)。Preferred compounds of formula I include (+)-Z- NHCH2C (O)OH and (-)-Z- NHCH2C (O)OH, wherein Z is as previously defined. It is particularly preferred when the compound is (+)-Z- NHCH2C (O)OH. A particularly preferred compound is [[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R),4-dimethyl-piperidinyl]methyl]-1-oxo - 3-Phenylpropyl]amino]acetic acid dihydrate (USAN name, Alvimopan).

更优选的式I的化合物包括Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H5))C(O)OH,其中Q如前述定义的。在所述化合物为(3R,4R,S)-Q-CH2CH(CH2(C6H5))C(O)OH时特别优选。这个化合物为爱维莫潘的活性代谢物,但是在口服给药时,其具有比爱维莫潘大得多的不期望的逆转痛觉丧失的倾向。在非肠道给药时,特别是静脉内给药时,可给药低得多的剂量以减少这种倾向。More preferred compounds of formula I include Q- CH2CH ( CH2 ( C6H5 ))C(O)OH, wherein Q is as previously defined. It is particularly preferred when the compound is (3R,4R,S)-Q-CH 2 CH(CH 2 (C 6 H 5 ))C(O)OH. This compound is the active metabolite of alvimopan, but it has a much greater undesired propensity to reverse analgesia than alvimopan when administered orally. In parenteral administration, especially intravenous administration, much lower dosages may be administered to reduce this tendency.

特别优选在肠道局部起作用、具有高效力和具有口服活性的式I的化合物。本发明的特别优选的实施方案为(+)-Z-NHCH2C(O)OH,即,以下式(II)的化合物:Particular preference is given to compounds of the formula I which act locally in the intestinal tract, have high potency and are orally active. A particularly preferred embodiment of the invention is (+)-Z- NHCH2C (O)OH, ie, a compound of the following formula (II):

Figure A20058001794900571
Figure A20058001794900571

式(II)的化合物具有低水溶性,除非在低或高的pH条件下。两性离子特性可能是该化合物固有的,并且可产生合乎需要的性质例如口服后的差的系统吸收和在消化道的持续局部作用。Compounds of formula (II) have low water solubility except at low or high pH conditions. Zwitterionic properties may be intrinsic to the compound and may result in desirable properties such as poor systemic absorption after oral administration and sustained local action in the alimentary canal.

在特别优选的实施方案中,式I的化合物为基本上纯的立体异构体。In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compound of formula I is a substantially pure stereoisomer.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及包括上述组合物的可注射剂型。在优选实施方案中,相对于由静脉穿刺引起的疼痛,可注射剂型有助于具有最小疼痛或没有另外的疼痛,尽管包含活性成分的组合物在比生理学pH更高的pH下制备。In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to an injectable dosage form comprising the composition described above. In a preferred embodiment, the injectable dosage form facilitates minimal or no additional pain relative to pain caused by venipuncture, although the composition comprising the active ingredient is prepared at a pH higher than physiological pH.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及预防或治疗患者中与鸦片样物质有关的副作用的方法,其包括的步骤为:In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of preventing or treating opioid-related side effects in a patient comprising the steps of:

对有需要的所述患者给药有效量的上述组合物。An effective amount of the composition described above is administered to said patient in need thereof.

该方法可用于预防和治疗肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或呕吐或其组合,特别是术后肠梗阻、产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、术后恶心或术后呕吐。The method is useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of ileus, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, nausea or vomiting or combinations thereof, particularly postoperative ileus, postpartum ileus, opioid bowel Dysfunction, postoperative nausea or postoperative vomiting.

在其它实施方案中,本发明涉及预防或治疗患者中的疼痛的方法,其包括的步骤为:In other embodiments, the present invention is directed to a method of preventing or treating pain in a patient comprising the steps of:

对有需要的所述患者给药有效量的上述组合物。An effective amount of the composition described above is administered to said patient in need thereof.

在优选实施方案中,组合物另外包括至少一种鸦片样物质。In a preferred embodiment, the composition additionally comprises at least one opioid.

在又一个实施方案中,本发明涉及药包,其包括:In yet another embodiment, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical pack comprising:

a.包括可注射剂型的容器;和a. Containers containing injectable dosage forms; and

b.用于制备可注射溶液的说明书。b. Instructions for preparing the injectable solution.

优选地,药包另外包括注射器。优选地,可注射剂型另外包括至少一种鸦片样物质。组合物可任选地包括常规的药用药包组分。Preferably, the pack additionally comprises a syringe. Preferably, the injectable dosage form additionally comprises at least one opioid. The compositions may optionally include conventional pharmaceutical pack components.

本发明涉及包括鸦片样物质化合物的方法、组合物和药包。如上所述,这种鸦片样物质化合物可用于例如治疗和/或预防疼痛。然而,还如上所述,不希望的副作用包括例如肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、呕吐或恶心或其组合,特别是术后和产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、恶心和/或呕吐、以及可能的在接受鸦片样物质化合物的患者中频繁发生的其它副作用。依靠本发明的方法、组合物和药包,可有利地实现对可能与鸦片样物质化合物有关的不希望的副作用进行有效和合乎需要的抑制。因此,其中将鸦片样物质与适当的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物组合或共同给药的组合的方法、组合物和药包可提供比单独的化合物和药物更有利的效力。The present invention relates to methods, compositions and kits comprising opioid compounds. As mentioned above, such opioid compounds are useful, for example, in the treatment and/or prevention of pain. However, as also mentioned above, undesired side effects include, for example, ileus, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, vomiting or nausea or combinations thereof, especially postoperative and postpartum ileus , opioid bowel dysfunction, nausea and/or vomiting, and possibly other side effects that occur frequently in patients receiving opioid compounds. By means of the methods, compositions and kits of the invention, effective and desirable inhibition of undesired side effects that may be associated with opioid compounds is advantageously achieved. Thus, methods, compositions and kits in which an opioid is combined or co-administered in combination with an appropriate peripheral mu opioid antagonist compound may provide a more favorable efficacy than either compound or medicament alone.

在这方面,如上所述,经常对患者给药鸦片样物质用于治疗例如疼痛状况。然而,如上所述,不希望的副作用诸如例如肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、恶心或呕吐或其组合可能是由给药鸦片样物质引起的。这些不希望的副作用可作为与对患者可给药鸦片样物质的量有关的限制因素。也就是说,能够对患者给药的鸦片样物质的量可由于不希望的上述副作用的发生而受到限制。受到限制的可对患者给药的鸦片样物质的量又不利地降低疼痛减轻的程度。本发明的组合的方法和组合物可有利地增加对患者给药的鸦片样物质的量,从而增加疼痛减轻的程度,从而使可能与鸦片样物质有关的不希望的副作用减少、最小化和/或避免。优选用于本发明的方法和组合物的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂基本上没有中枢神经系统活性,因此,如所需地不影响鸦片样物质的止痛效力。In this regard, as noted above, opioids are often administered to patients for the treatment of eg painful conditions. However, as mentioned above, undesired side effects such as, for example, intestinal obstruction, itching, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, nausea or vomiting, or combinations thereof may result from the administration of opioids . These undesired side effects can act as a limiting factor with regard to the amount of opioid that can be administered to a patient. That is, the amount of opioid that can be administered to a patient may be limited due to the undesirable occurrence of the aforementioned side effects. The restricted amount of opioid that can be administered to a patient in turn detrimentally reduces the degree of pain relief. The combined methods and compositions of the present invention may advantageously increase the amount of opioid administered to a patient, thereby increasing the degree of pain relief, thereby reducing, minimizing and/or reducing undesired side effects that may be associated with opioids or avoid. Peripheral mu opioid antagonists preferred for use in the methods and compositions of the invention are substantially devoid of central nervous system activity and, therefore, do not desirably affect the analgesic potency of the opioid.

虽然不希望束缚于任何理论或操作理论,预计鸦片样物质副作用如肠梗阻、搔痒、便秘、尿潴留、胆痉挛、鸦片性肠机能障碍、绞痛、呕吐或恶心或其组合可由鸦片样物质与外周μ受体的不期望的相互作用引起。根据本发明的方法给药在外周起作用的μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂可以阻断鸦片样物质化合物与μ受体的相互作用,从而预防和/或抑制副作用,特别是术后或产后肠梗阻、鸦片性肠机能障碍、恶心和/或呕吐。While not wishing to be bound by any theory or theory of operation, it is expected that opioid side effects such as ileus, pruritus, constipation, urinary retention, biliary spasm, opioid bowel dysfunction, colic, vomiting or nausea, or combinations thereof may be caused by opioids and Caused by undesired interactions of peripheral mu receptors. Administration of a peripherally acting mu opioid antagonist according to the method of the invention can block the interaction of the opioid compound with the mu receptor, thereby preventing and/or inhibiting side effects, in particular postoperative or postpartum ileus, Opioid bowel dysfunction, nausea and/or vomiting.

除上述举例说明的那些之外,可用于本发明的方法和组合物的其它μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物对于获悉了本发明的教导的本领域技术人员来说是显而易见的。Other mu opioid antagonist compounds, in addition to those exemplified above, which are useful in the methods and compositions of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art given the teachings of the invention.

用于本发明的方法的化合物可作为前药形式存在。如本文中使用的,“前药”意在包括任何共价结合的载体,在将这种前药对哺乳动物主体给药时,其在体内释放例如本发明方法中所用的式I的活性母体药物。因为已知前药提高药物的许多的需要的性质(如,溶出度、生物利用度、生产等),如果期望,本发明方法所用化合物可以前药形式递送。因此,本发明考虑了递送前药的方法。用于本发明的化合物(如式I)的前药可通过修饰化合物中存在的官能团,使得该修饰在常规处理中或在体内裂解为母体化合物。The compounds used in the methods of the invention may exist as prodrugs. As used herein, "prodrug" is intended to include any covalently bound carrier which, when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, releases in vivo, for example, the active parent compound of formula I used in the methods of the invention drug. Because prodrugs are known to enhance many desirable properties of drugs (eg, dissolution rate, bioavailability, production, etc.), the compounds used in the methods of the invention can be delivered in prodrug form, if desired. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of compounds of the present invention (eg, Formula I) can be obtained by modifying functional groups present in the compound such that the modification is cleaved to the parent compound during routine handling or in vivo.

因此,前药包括例如其中羟基、氨基或羧基结合于任何基团的本文中所述的化合物,在将前药对哺乳动物主体给药时所述连接基团裂解,分别形成游离的羟基、游离的氨基或羧酸。其例子包括但不限于醇和胺官能团的乙酸酯、甲酸酯和苯甲酸酯;和烷基、碳环的、芳基、和烷基芳基的酯,如甲基、乙基、丙基、异丙基、丁基、异丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、环丙基、苯基、苄基、和苯乙基的酯、等等。Thus, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein wherein a hydroxy, amino, or carboxyl group is attached to any group that, upon administration of the prodrug to a mammalian subject, cleaves the linking group to form a free hydroxy, free, or carboxyl group, respectively. amino or carboxylic acid. Examples include, but are not limited to, acetates, formates, and benzoates of alcohol and amine functional groups; and esters of alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, radical, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, etc.

本发明方法中所用的化合物可通过本领域技术人员公知的多种方法制备。化合物可以通过例如如下所述的方法或如本领域技术人员理解的方法变体合成。预计本发明公开的所有方法以任何规模实践,包括毫克、克、数克、千克、数千克或工业规模。The compounds used in the methods of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of methods well known to those skilled in the art. Compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods described below or by method variants as understood by those skilled in the art. All methods disclosed herein are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including milligrams, grams, grams, kilograms, kilograms, or industrial scale.

如上述详细讨论的,本发明方法所用化合物可包含一个或多个不对称取代的碳原子,并且可分离为旋光活性或消旋的形式。因此,意在包括所有的手性、非对映体、消旋形式和所有的几何异构形式,除非具体表明具体的立体化学或异构形式。本领域中公知如何制备和分离这种光学活性形式。例如,可通过标准技术将立体异构体的混合物分离,所述标准技术包括但不限于消旋形式的拆分、正相和反相和手性色层分离法、优先盐形成、重结晶等,或通过从活性起始原料开始的手性合成,或通过周密计划的目标手性中心的手性合成。As discussed in detail above, the compounds used in the methods of the invention may contain one or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms and may be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Accordingly, all chiral, diastereomeric, racemic forms and all geometric isomeric forms are intended to be included unless a specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. How to prepare and isolate such optically active forms is well known in the art. For example, mixtures of stereoisomers can be separated by standard techniques including, but not limited to, resolution of racemic forms, normal and reverse phase and chiral chromatography, preferential salt formation, recrystallization, etc. , either by chiral synthesis starting from active starting materials or by carefully planned chiral synthesis of targeted chiral centers.

可容易地理解,存在的官能团可在合成过程中包含保护基。保护基为本身已知的化学官能团,可以选择性地将其附加上和从官能度如羟基和羧基除去。这些基团存在于化合物中,使得这种官能度对化合物接触的化学反应条件为惰性的。本发明可使用多种保护基中的任一种。优选的保护基包括苄氧基羰基和叔丁氧羰基。可用于本发明的其它优选的保护基可如Greene,T.W.和Wuts,P.G.M.,Protective Groups inOrganic Synthesis 2d.Ed.,Wiley&Sons,1991中所述。It is readily understood that functional groups present may contain protecting groups during synthesis. Protecting groups are chemical functional groups known per se, which can be selectively attached to and removed from functionalities such as hydroxyl and carboxyl. These groups are present in the compound such that this functionality is inert to the chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups can be used in the present invention. Preferred protecting groups include benzyloxycarbonyl and t-butoxycarbonyl. Other preferred protecting groups useful in the present invention are described in Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991 .

本发明的式I的4-芳基-哌啶衍生物可采用在例如US-A-5,250,542、US-A-5,434,171、US-A-5,159,081、US-A-5,270,328、US-B-6,451,806、US-B-6,469,030、和WerneR,J.A.等人的Journal ofOrganic Chemistry,61,587-597(1996)中教导的方法合成,其各自的公开被全文并入本文作为参考。例如,在本发明化合物的合成中用作起始原料的3-取代的-4-甲基-4-(3-羟基-或烷酰基氧基苯基)哌啶衍生物可通过在US-A-4,115,400和US-A-4,891,379中教导的一般方法制备,其各自的公开被全文并入本文作为参考。用于合成本文中所述的化合物的起始原料(3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基哌啶可通过在US-A-4,581,456和US-A-5,136,040中描述的方法制备,其公开被全文并入本文作为参考,但是如所述调整为优选β-立体化学。The 4-aryl-piperidine derivatives of formula I of the present invention can be used, for example, in US-A-5,250,542, US-A-5,434,171, US-A-5,159,081, US-A-5,270,328, US-B-6,451,806, US-A-5,451,806, - Synthesis by the methods taught in B-6,469,030, and Werne R, J.A. et al., Journal of Organic Chemistry, 61, 587-597 (1996), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. For example, 3-substituted-4-methyl-4-(3-hydroxy- or alkanoyloxyphenyl)piperidine derivatives used as starting materials in the synthesis of compounds of the present invention can be found in US-A - Preparation by the general methods taught in 4,115,400 and US-A-4,891,379, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. The starting material (3R,4R)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethylpiperidine used in the synthesis of the compounds described herein can be found in US-A-4,581,456 and US-A- - Prepared by the method described in 5,136,040, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, but adjusted to a preferred β-stereochemistry as stated.

该方法的第一步可涉及通过使3-烷氧基溴苯与烷基锂试剂反应形成3-烷氧基苯基锂试剂。这个反应可以在惰性条件下和在适当的非反应性溶剂如无水乙醚或优选无水四氢呋喃的存在下进行。用于这个方法的优选的烷基锂试剂为正丁基锂,特别是仲丁基锂。通常,向反应混合物加入约等摩尔量的到轻微过量的烷基锂试剂。反应可以在约-20℃到约-100℃的温度下进行,优选在约-50℃到约-55℃的温度下进行。The first step of the process may involve the formation of a 3-alkoxyphenyllithium reagent by reacting a 3-alkoxybromobenzene with an alkyllithium reagent. This reaction can be carried out under inert conditions and in the presence of a suitable non-reactive solvent such as anhydrous diethyl ether or preferably anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. A preferred alkyllithium reagent for this method is n-butyllithium, especially sec-butyllithium. Typically, an approximately equimolar amount to a slight excess of the alkyllithium reagent is added to the reaction mixture. The reaction can be carried out at a temperature of about -20°C to about -100°C, preferably at a temperature of about -50°C to about -55°C.

在形成3-烷氧基苯基锂试剂之后,向混合物加入约等摩尔量的1-烷基-4-哌啶酮,同时维持温度在-20℃到-100℃之间。反应典型地在约1到24小时之后完成。这时,可使反应混合物逐渐回温到室温。产物的分离可通过向反应混合物加入饱和氯化钠溶液以淬灭任何残留的锂试剂。分离有机层,并且如果期望可进一步纯化,得到适当的1-烷基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)哌啶醇衍生物。After formation of the 3-alkoxyphenyllithium reagent, an approximately equimolar amount of 1-alkyl-4-piperidone was added to the mixture while maintaining the temperature between -20°C and -100°C. The reaction is typically complete after about 1 to 24 hours. At this point, the reaction mixture can be gradually warmed to room temperature. The product was isolated by adding saturated sodium chloride solution to the reaction mixture to quench any remaining lithium reagent. The organic layer is separated and further purified if desired to give the appropriate 1-alkyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)piperidinol derivative.

上述制备的4-苯基哌啶醇的脱水可根据公知方法用强酸完成。虽然用几种强酸如盐酸、氢溴酸等的任一种进行脱水以不同的量发生,但是优选脱水用磷酸进行,特别是在甲苯或苯中的对甲苯磺酸。这个反应典型地可在回流条件下进行,更通常在约50℃到150℃之间。由此形成的产物可通过将产物的盐形式的酸性水溶液碱化并用适当的与水不混溶的溶剂提取分离。然后根据需要将蒸发之后得到的残余物进一步纯化。The dehydration of the above-prepared 4-phenylpiperidinol can be accomplished with a strong acid according to known methods. Although dehydration with any of several strong acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc. occurs in varying amounts, dehydration is preferably performed with phosphoric acid, especially p-toluenesulfonic acid in toluene or benzene. This reaction typically can be performed under reflux conditions, more usually between about 50°C and 150°C. The product thus formed can be isolated by basifying an aqueous acidic solution of the product's salt form and extracting with a suitable water immiscible solvent. The residue obtained after evaporation is then further purified if necessary.

1-烷基-4-甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)四氢哌啶衍生物可通过金属烯胺烷基化制备。优选这个反应使用在四氢呋喃(THF)中的正丁基锂在惰性气氛如氮气或氩气下进行。通常,将轻微过量的正丁基锂加入到搅拌的冷却到约-50℃到约0℃(更优选冷却到约-20℃到-10℃)的在THF中的1-烷基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)-四氢哌啶中。将这个混合物搅拌约10到30分钟,随后向溶液中加入约1.0到1.5当量的卤代甲烷,同时保持反应混合物的温度低于0℃。在约5到60分钟之后,可向反应混合物加入水并收集有机相。产物根据标准方法纯化,但是优选粗产物通过将其在真空下蒸馏或将其在己烷∶乙酸乙酯(65∶35,v∶v)和硅胶中打浆约两个小时而进行纯化。根据后一种方法,然后可通过过滤并且随后在减压下将滤液蒸发而分离产物。1-Alkyl-4-methyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)tetrahydropiperidine derivatives can be prepared by alkylation of metal enamines. Preferably this reaction is performed using n-butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran (THF) under an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. Typically, a slight excess of n-butyllithium is added to a stirred 1-alkyl-4- (3-Alkoxyphenyl)-tetrahydropiperidine. This mixture was stirred for about 10 to 30 minutes, then about 1.0 to 1.5 equivalents of methyl halide was added to the solution while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mixture below 0°C. After about 5 to 60 minutes, water can be added to the reaction mixture and the organic phase collected. The product was purified according to standard methods, but preferably the crude product was purified by distillation under vacuum or by slurrying it in hexane:ethyl acetate (65:35, v:v) and silica gel for about two hours. According to the latter method, the product can then be isolated by filtration and subsequent evaporation of the filtrate under reduced pressure.

该方法的下一步涉及对非共轭的桥环式烯胺进行氨基甲基化的曼尼奇反应(Mannich reaction)。优选这个反应通过将约1.2到2.0当量的含水甲醛和约1.3到2.0当量的适当的仲胺混合在适当的溶剂中进行。虽然水可能是优选的溶剂,但是也可将其它非亲核性溶剂如丙酮和乙腈用于该反应。可用提供非亲核性阴离子的酸将这个溶液的pH调节到约3.0到4.0。这种酸的例子包括硫酸、磺酸如甲磺酸和对甲苯磺酸、磷酸和四氟硼酸,优选硫酸。向这个溶液中加入1当量的1-烷基-4-甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)四氢吡啶(典型地溶解于含水硫酸中),并且可用非亲核性酸或适当的仲胺再次调节溶液的pH。优选反应过程中pH保持在约1.0到5.0,更优选pH保持在约3.0到3.5。当在约50℃到约80℃、更优选约70℃的温度下进行时,反应基本上在约1到4小时之后完成,更典型地在约2小时完成。然后可将反应冷却到约30℃并加入到氢氧化钠溶液中。然后可将这个溶液用与水不混溶的有机溶剂例如己烷或乙酸乙酯提取,并可将有机相在用水充分洗涤以除去任何残留的甲醛之后减压蒸干。The next step in the method involves the Mannich reaction for the aminomethylation of non-conjugated bridged enamines. Preferably this reaction is carried out by mixing about 1.2 to 2.0 equivalents of aqueous formaldehyde and about 1.3 to 2.0 equivalents of the appropriate secondary amine in a suitable solvent. While water may be the preferred solvent, other non-nucleophilic solvents such as acetone and acetonitrile can also be used in this reaction. The pH of this solution can be adjusted to about 3.0 to 4.0 with an acid providing a non-nucleophilic anion. Examples of such acids include sulfuric acid, sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid and tetrafluoroboric acid, preferably sulfuric acid. To this solution was added 1 equivalent of 1-alkyl-4-methyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)tetrahydropyridine (typically dissolved in aqueous sulfuric acid), and either a non-nucleophilic acid or Appropriate secondary amines again adjust the pH of the solution. Preferably, the pH is maintained at about 1.0 to 5.0 during the reaction, more preferably at about 3.0 to 3.5. When carried out at a temperature of from about 50°C to about 80°C, more preferably about 70°C, the reaction is substantially complete after about 1 to 4 hours, more typically in about 2 hours. The reaction can then be cooled to about 30°C and added to the sodium hydroxide solution. This solution can then be extracted with a water-immiscible organic solvent such as hexane or ethyl acetate, and the organic phase can be evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure after washing well with water to remove any residual formaldehyde.

该方法的下一步可涉及将制备的1-烷基-4-甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)-3-四氢吡啶甲胺催化氢化为相应的反式-1-烷基-3,4-二甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)哌啶。这个反应实际上以两个步骤进行。第一步为其中将外型C-N键还原裂解以产生3-甲基四氢吡啶的氢解反应。在第二步中,四氢吡啶环的2,3-双键被还原,得到所需的哌啶环。The next step in the process may involve the catalytic hydrogenation of the prepared 1-alkyl-4-methyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)-3-tetrahydropyridinemethanamine to the corresponding trans-1-alkane -3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)piperidine. This reaction actually proceeds in two steps. The first step is a hydrogenolysis reaction in which the exo C-N bond is reductively cleaved to yield 3-methyltetrahydropyridine. In the second step, the 2,3-double bond of the tetrahydropyridine ring is reduced to give the desired piperidine ring.

烯胺双键的还原在哌啶环的3和4位碳原子引入关键性的相对立体化学。还原通常不以完全的立体选择性发生。该方法采用的催化剂可以选自各种钯,优选铂催化剂。Reduction of the enamine double bond introduces a critical relative stereochemistry at the 3 and 4 carbon atoms of the piperidine ring. Reduction usually does not occur with complete stereoselectivity. The catalyst used in the method can be selected from various palladium, preferably platinum catalysts.

优选该方法的催化氢化步骤在酸性反应介质中进行。用于该方法适当的溶剂包括醇,如甲醇或乙醇;以及乙酸乙酯、四氢呋喃、甲苯、己烷等。Preferably the catalytic hydrogenation step of the process is carried out in an acidic reaction medium. Suitable solvents for this method include alcohols, such as methanol or ethanol; and ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, hexane, and the like.

适当的立体化学产量可取决于采用的催化剂的量。产生所需立体化学结果所需的催化剂的量可取决于起始原料的纯度,是否存在不同的催化剂毒剂的不同而不同。Proper stereochemical yields may depend on the amount of catalyst employed. The amount of catalyst required to produce the desired stereochemical result may vary depending on the purity of the starting material, the presence or absence of different catalyst poisons.

反应容器中的氢气压力不是至关重要的,但是可在约5到约200psi下。优选以体积计的起始原料的浓度为每克起始原料约20mL液体,虽然也可采用较高或较低的起始原料浓度。在本文中具体说明的条件下,由于分子不可能还原过度,催化氢化的持续时间不是关键。虽然反应可以持续直到约24小时或更久,但是可能不需要在吸收理论的两摩尔氢气之后继续还原条件。然后可通过将反应混合物过滤通过硅藻土并减压蒸发滤液至干燥而分离产物。对由此分离的产物的进一步纯化可能不是必要的,优选非对映体的混合物可直接用于随后的反应。The hydrogen pressure in the reaction vessel is not critical, but can be from about 5 to about 200 psi. Preferably, the concentration of starting material by volume is about 20 mL of liquid per gram of starting material, although higher or lower concentrations of starting material may also be used. Under the conditions specified herein, the duration of the catalytic hydrogenation is not critical since the molecules are unlikely to be over-reduced. While the reaction may continue up to about 24 hours or more, it may not be necessary to continue reducing conditions beyond the theoretical two moles of hydrogen absorbed. The product can then be isolated by filtering the reaction mixture through celite and evaporating the filtrate to dryness under reduced pressure. Further purification of the product thus isolated may not be necessary, preferably the mixture of diastereomers can be used directly in subsequent reactions.

可通过标准的脱烷基化方法从哌啶环的1-位除去烷基取代基。优选地,可采用氯甲酸酯衍生物,特别是乙烯基或苯基衍生物,并且用酸除去。然后,可将制备的烷氧基化合物脱烷基化得到相应的酚。这个反应通常可通过将化合物在48%的氢溴酸水溶液中反应进行。在约50℃到约150℃的温度下、更优选在反应混合物的回流温度进行时,这个反应可在约30分钟到约24小时之后基本上完成。然后可将混合物通过将溶液冷却、随后用碱中和到约8的pH值进行后处理。可将这个水溶液用与水不混溶的有机溶剂提取。蒸发有机相的残余物可直接用于随后步骤。The alkyl substituent can be removed from the 1-position of the piperidine ring by standard dealkylation procedures. Preferably, chloroformate derivatives, especially vinyl or phenyl derivatives, can be used and removed with acid. The prepared alkoxylates can then be dealkylated to give the corresponding phenols. This reaction can usually be carried out by reacting the compound in 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid. This reaction may be substantially complete after about 30 minutes to about 24 hours when carried out at a temperature of from about 50°C to about 150°C, more preferably at the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. The mixture can then be worked up by cooling the solution followed by neutralization with base to a pH value of about 8. This aqueous solution can be extracted with a water-immiscible organic solvent. The residue of the evaporated organic phase was used directly in the next step.

用作本发明化合物的起始原料的化合物也可通过将1-烷基-4-甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)-3-四氢吡啶甲胺在3-位溴化、将如此制备的溴代化合物锂化,并且将锂化的中间体与卤代甲烷如甲基溴反应,得到相应的1-烷基-3,4-二甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)四氢吡啶甲胺。然后可将这个化合物还原并转化为如上所述的起始原料。Compounds used as starting materials for compounds of the present invention can also be brominated at the 3-position by 1-alkyl-4-methyl-4-(3-alkoxyphenyl)-3-tetrahydropicolylamine , lithiation of the bromo compound thus prepared, and reaction of the lithiated intermediate with a methyl halide such as methyl bromide to give the corresponding 1-alkyl-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-alkane Oxyphenyl) tetrahydropicolylamine. This compound can then be reduced and converted to the starting material as described above.

如上所述,本发明的化合物可作为单独的立体异构体存在。优选地,将如US-A-4,581,456或如US-A-5,250,542的实施例1所述的反应条件调整为基本上是立体选择性的和提供基本上两个对映体的外消旋混合物。然后将这些对映体拆分。可用于制备合成这些化合物中所用的拆分的起始原料的方法包括用(+)-或(-)-二甲苯甲酰基酒石酸处理烷基-3,4-二甲基-4-(3-烷氧基苯基)哌啶的外消旋混合物。然后可将这个化合物用氯甲酸乙烯基酯在1-位脱烷基化并且最终转化为所需的4-(3-羟基苯基)哌啶异构体。As stated above, the compounds of the present invention may exist as individual stereoisomers. Preferably, the reaction conditions as described in US-A-4,581,456 or as described in Example 1 of US-A-5,250,542 are adjusted to be substantially stereoselective and to provide a racemic mixture of substantially two enantiomers. These enantiomers are then resolved. Methods that can be used to prepare resolved starting materials used in the synthesis of these compounds include treatment of alkyl-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3- Alkoxyphenyl)piperidine racemic mixture. This compound can then be dealkylated at the 1-position with vinyl chloroformate and finally converted to the desired 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine isomer.

或者,3,4-烷基-取代的-4-(3-羟基苯基)哌啶的立体选择性合成可以通过WerneR,J.A.等人的Journal of Organic Chemistry,61,587-597(1996)和US-A-5136,040所述的方法使用烷氧基苯基锂(-20℃到-100℃)或相应的格氏试剂(40℃到60℃)和1,3-二烷基-4-哌啶酮进行。Alternatively, the stereoselective synthesis of 3,4-alkyl-substituted-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines can be achieved by WerneR, J.A. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 61, 587-597 (1996) and The method described in US-A-5136,040 uses alkoxyphenyllithium (-20°C to -100°C) or the corresponding Grignard reagent (40°C to 60°C) and 1,3-dialkyl-4 -Piperidone carried out.

将得到的醇用氯甲酸乙酯酰化,得到外消旋的碳酸酯,将其用(+)-二-对甲苯甲酰基-D-酒石酸(DTTA)有效地拆分。手性纯碳酸酯的游离碱的热消除(170-200℃)得到所需的烯烃。The resulting alcohol is acylated with ethyl chloroformate to give the racemic carbonate, which is efficiently resolved with (+)-di-p-toluoyl-D-tartaric acid (DTTA). Thermal elimination (170-200° C.) of the free base of the chiral pure carbonate affords the desired alkene.

例如,在正丁基锂的存在下将烯烃用硫酸二甲基酯甲基化得到反式-3,4-二甲基烯胺。将烯胺用硼氢化钠还原,随后通过(+)-DTTA纯化,得到烯胺纯度>99.5%的化合物。游离碱用氯甲酸苯基酯脱甲基化,随后除去保护基,得到(3R,4R)-3-(3,4-二甲基-4-哌啶基)苯酚,其是制备式I化合物的关键中间体。通过在Journal of Organic Chemistry,61,587-597(1996)和US-A-5,136,040中所述的方法生产爱维莫潘。For example, methylation of alkenes with dimethyl sulfate in the presence of n-butyllithium affords trans-3,4-dimethylenamines. Reduction of the enamine with sodium borohydride followed by purification by (+)-DTTA afforded the compound with >99.5% purity of the enamine. Demethylation of the free base with phenyl chloroformate, followed by removal of the protecting group, affords (3R,4R)-3-(3,4-dimethyl-4-piperidinyl)phenol, which is useful for the preparation of compounds of formula I key intermediates. Alvimopan is produced by the methods described in Journal of Organic Chemistry, 61, 587-597 (1996) and US-A-5,136,040.

如本领域技术人员理解的,也可根据需要用(+)或(-)联苯甲酰酒石酸从相应的本发明化合物的外消旋混合物分离本发明的单独的对映体。优选地,得到(+)-反式对映体。The individual enantiomers of the invention may also be isolated from the corresponding racemic mixtures of the compounds of the invention using (+) or (-) dibenzoyl tartaric acid as desired, as will be understood by those skilled in the art. Preferably, the (+)-trans enantiomer is obtained.

虽然(+)反式-3,4立体异构体为优选的,但是本文中所述的化合物的所有可能的立体异构体都在本发明考虑的范围内。立体异构体的外消旋混合物以及基本上纯的立体异构体在本发明的范围内。如本文中使用的,术语“基本上纯的”是指相对于其它可能的立体异构体,存在至少约90摩尔%、更优选至少约95摩尔%、最优选至少约98摩尔%的所需立体异构体。While the (+) trans-3,4 stereoisomer is preferred, all possible stereoisomers of the compounds described herein are contemplated by the present invention. Racemic mixtures of stereoisomers as well as substantially pure stereoisomers are within the scope of the present invention. As used herein, the term "substantially pure" means that at least about 90 mole percent, more preferably at least about 95 mole percent, and most preferably at least about 98 mole percent of the desired stereoisomer is present relative to other possible stereoisomers. Stereoisomers.

中间体可通过将3,4-烷基取代的-4-(3-羟基苯基)哌啶与式LCH2(CH2)n-1CHR3C(O)E的化合物反应制备,其中L为离去基团如氯、溴或碘,E为羧酸,酯或酰胺,R3和n如上文中定义的。优选地,L可为氯,并且反应在碱的存在下进行,从而将哌啶的氮烷基化。例如,可将4-氯-2-环己基丁酸乙酯与(3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基哌啶接触,以提供4-[(3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基-1-哌啶]丁酸乙酯。虽然可优选羧酸的酯,但是可使用游离酸本身或羧酸的酰胺。The intermediate can be prepared by reacting a 3,4-alkyl-substituted-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine with a compound of formula LCH 2 (CH 2 ) n-1 CHR 3 C(O)E, where L is a leaving group such as chlorine, bromine or iodine, E is a carboxylic acid, ester or amide, R and n are as defined above. Preferably, L may be chlorine and the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base, thereby alkylating the nitrogen of the piperidine. For example, ethyl 4-chloro-2-cyclohexylbutanoate can be contacted with (3R,4R)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethylpiperidine to provide 4-[( 3R,4R)-4-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethyl-1-piperidine]butanoic acid ethyl ester. While esters of carboxylic acids may be preferred, the free acids themselves or amides of the carboxylic acids may be used.

在替代的合成方法中,可将取代的哌啶与亚甲基烷基酯接触,将哌啶的氮烷基化。例如,可使用2-亚甲基-3-苯基丙酸接触所需的哌啶,以提供2-苄基-3-哌啶丙酸乙酯。In an alternative synthetic method, the nitrogen of the piperidine can be alkylated by contacting the substituted piperidine with a methylene alkyl ester. For example, 2-methylene-3-phenylpropanoic acid can be used to contact the desired piperidine to provide ethyl 2-benzyl-3-piperidinepropionate.

另一个合成路线可以涉及取代的哌啶与卤代烷基腈的反应。可以将得到的哌啶烷基腈的腈基水解为相应的羧酸。Another synthetic route may involve the reaction of substituted piperidines with haloalkylnitriles. The nitrile group of the resulting piperidinylnitrile can be hydrolyzed to the corresponding carboxylic acid.

对于每个合成路线,可将得到的酯或羧酸与胺或醇反应,以提供得到被修饰的化学结构。在制备酰胺时,可将哌啶-羧酸或哌啶-羧酸酯在偶联剂如二环己基碳二亚胺、硼酸、硼烷-三甲胺等的存在下与胺反应。酯可以通过将哌啶-羧酸在偶联剂如对甲苯磺酸、三氟化硼乙醚络合物或N,N’-羰基二咪唑的存在下与适当的醇接触而制备。或者,可使用试剂如二氯亚砜、三氯化磷、五氯化磷等制备哌啶-酰基氯。这个烷酰基氯可与适当的胺或醇反应,以通过相应的酰胺或酯。For each synthetic route, the resulting ester or carboxylic acid can be reacted with an amine or alcohol to provide the resulting modified chemical structure. In the preparation of amides, piperidine-carboxylic acid or piperidine-carboxylate can be reacted with amine in the presence of a coupling agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, boronic acid, borane-trimethylamine, and the like. Esters can be prepared by contacting piperidine-carboxylic acids with appropriate alcohols in the presence of coupling agents such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, boron trifluoride etherate, or N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole. Alternatively, piperidine-acyl chlorides can be prepared using reagents such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus pentachloride, and the like. This alkanoyl chloride can be reacted with the appropriate amine or alcohol to pass through the corresponding amide or ester.

将式I的化合物与根据所选给药途径和标准药学实践而选择的可药用增量剂组合,如例如在Remington′s Pharmaceutical Sciences(MackPublishing Co.,Easton,PA,1980)中描述的,其公开被全文并入本文作为参考。Combining a compound of formula I with a pharmaceutically acceptable bulking agent selected according to the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice, as described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1980), The disclosure thereof is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

式I的化合物可以适合于所选给药途径(如,口服或非肠道)的多种形式对哺乳动物主体给药。在这方面,非肠道给药包括通过以下途径给药:静脉内、肌肉内、皮下、眼内、滑膜内、经上皮(包括透皮、经眼、舌下和经颊给药);局部(包括眼用、皮肤、眼、直肠和通过吹入法的鼻吸入、气雾剂、和直肠系统的)给药。Compounds of formula I can be administered to a mammalian subject in a variety of forms suitable for the chosen route of administration (eg, oral or parenteral). In this regard, parenteral administration includes administration by the following routes: intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraocular, intrasynovial, transepithelial (including transdermal, ophthalmic, sublingual and buccal); Topical (including ophthalmic, dermal, eye, rectal and nasal inhalation by insufflation, aerosol, and rectal) administration.

优选活性化合物在这种治疗有用的组合物中的量为得到适当的剂量。可制备本发明优选的组合物或制剂,使得单位剂型包含约0.1到约1000mg的活性化合物、更优选约1到100mg的活性化合物。The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is preferably such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions or formulations of the invention may be prepared so that unit dosage forms contain from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg of active compound, more preferably from about 1 to 100 mg of active compound.

根据预定的应用,这些制剂可包含防腐剂以防止微生物的生长。Depending on the intended use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.

适合于注射应用的药物剂型包括例如无菌水溶液、和用于临时配制无菌注射溶液和分散体的无菌粉末。在所有情况中,优选剂型为无菌的,并且必须是注射容易程度的液体。优选其在生产和储存的条件下是稳定的并且优选防止微生物如细菌和真菌的污染作用被保存。预防微生物的作用可以通过多种抗菌剂和抗真菌药实现,例如对羟基苯甲酸酯类、三氯叔丁醇、酚、山梨酸、硫柳汞等。The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include, for example, sterile aqueous solutions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions and dispersions. In all cases, the preferred dosage form is sterile and must be liquid for ease of syringability. Preferably it is stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and is preferably preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and others.

无菌的可注射溶液可通过将需要量的活性化合物根据需要在适当的溶剂中与上述列举的多种其它成分结合,随后过滤灭菌制备。通常,分散体可通过将灭菌的活性成分结合在无菌介质中制备,所述介质包含碱性分散介质和需要的选自上述列举的其它成分。在无菌可注射溶液制备用无菌粉末或饼状物的情况中,优选的制备方法可包括喷雾干燥、真空干燥和冻干(冷冻干燥)技术,其产生活性成分加上得自前述无菌过滤溶液的任何另外的所需成分的粉末。Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with various other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the sterilized active ingredient into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders or cakes for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, preferred methods of preparation may include spray-drying, vacuum-drying and lyophilization (freeze-drying) techniques which yield the active ingredient plus Filter the powder of any additional desired ingredients of the solution.

本发明的组合物可口服给药。例如,可将本发明的干燥组合物包装在硬壳或软壳的明胶胶囊中,可以将其压缩为片剂(例如速溶口服片剂、口服崩解片,包括用于经颊给药的那些),或者可将其直接与食物结合。The compositions of the present invention can be administered orally. For example, dry compositions of the invention may be packaged in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, which may be compressed into tablets (e.g. fast-dissolving oral tablets, orally disintegrating tablets, including those for buccal administration) ), or it can be combined directly with food.

用于口服的片剂、锭剂、丸剂、胶囊等也可包含以下的一种或多种,条件是它们不妨碍组合物的改善的溶出度和生物利用度:粘结剂,如黄蓍胶、阿拉伯树胶、玉米淀粉或明胶;赋形剂,如磷酸二钙;崩解剂,如玉米淀粉、马铃薯淀粉、海藻酸等;润滑剂,如硬脂酸镁;甜味剂,如蔗糖、乳糖或糖精;或调味剂,如胡椒薄荷、冬青油或樱桃调味剂。当单位剂型为胶囊时,其可以包含除上述类型的材料之外的液体载体。可存在有多种其它材料作为包衣或用于改变剂量单位的外形。例如,片剂可包覆有虫胶包衣、糖包衣或其两者。糖浆剂或酏剂可以包含活性化合物、作为甜味剂的蔗糖、作为防腐剂的对羟基苯甲酸甲酯和对羟基苯甲酸丙酯、染料和调味剂如樱桃或橙调味剂。当然,优选用于制备任何单位剂型的任何材料为药学纯的和在使用量下基本上是无毒的。另外,可以将活性化合物结合在持续释放制剂和组合物中。Tablets, lozenges, pills, capsules, etc. intended for oral administration may also contain one or more of the following, provided they do not interfere with improved dissolution and bioavailability of the composition: Binders such as tragacanth , gum arabic, corn starch or gelatin; excipients, such as dicalcium phosphate; disintegrants, such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, etc.; lubricants, such as magnesium stearate; sweeteners, such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin; or flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavoring. When the unit dosage form is a capsule, it may contain a liquid carrier in addition to materials of the above type. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For example, tablets may be coated with a coating of shellac, a coating of sugar, or both. A syrup or elixir may contain the active compound, sucrose as a sweetening agent methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor. Of course, it is preferred that any material used in the preparation of any unit dosage form be pharmaceutically pure and substantially nontoxic in the amounts employed. Additionally, the active compounds can be incorporated into sustained release formulations and compositions.

如上所述,可通过例如化合物的溶解度和化学性质、选择的给药途径、和标准的药学实践决定活性成分与载体的相对比例。As noted above, the relative proportions of active ingredient to carrier can be determined by, for example, the solubility and chemical properties of the compound, the chosen route of administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice.

本发明的化合物的最适合于预防或治疗的剂量随给药形式、选择的具体化合物和经历治疗的具体患者的生理特征的不同而变化。通常,最初可使用小剂量,如有必要,以小增量增加,直到在这种情况下达到预期效果。The most suitable prophylactic or therapeutic dose of a compound of the invention will vary with the form of administration, the particular compound chosen and the physiological characteristics of the particular patient undergoing treatment. Usually, small doses will be used initially and, if necessary, increased by small increments until the desired effect under the circumstances is achieved.

包括与外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物(如,式I的化合物)结合的鸦片样物质的本发明的组合产品(如,药用组合物)可为任何非肠道剂型,例如本文中所述的那些非肠道剂型,并且也可通过多种方式给药,如本文中所述的。在优选实施方案中,本发明的组合产品在单一剂型中配制在一起(即,在一种液体中组合在一起,等等)。当组合产品不是在单一剂型中配制在一起时,鸦片样物质化合物和外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物可同时或同步(即,在一起)给药或以任何顺序给药。在不是同时或同步给药时,即在连续给药时,优选外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂和鸦片样物质的给药在低于约一小时的间隔内进行,更优选低于约30分钟的间隔,更优选低于约15分钟的间隔,更优选低于约5分钟的间隔。Combinations (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions) of the invention comprising an opioid conjugated to a peripheral mu opioid antagonist compound (e.g., a compound of Formula I) may be in any parenteral dosage form, such as described herein Those parenteral dosage forms of , and can also be administered in a variety of ways, as described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the combination products of the invention are formulated together in a single dosage form (ie combined together in one liquid, etc.). When the combination product is not formulated together in a single dosage form, the opioid compound and the peripheral mu opioid antagonist compound may be administered simultaneously or concurrently (ie, together) or in any order. When not administered simultaneously or simultaneously, i.e., when administered sequentially, it is preferred that the administration of the peripheral mu opioid antagonist and the opioid occur within an interval of less than about one hour, more preferably less than about 30 minutes. intervals, more preferably intervals of less than about 15 minutes, more preferably intervals of less than about 5 minutes.

虽然优选外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂和鸦片样物质以相同的方式给药(即,例如都是非肠道给药),但是如果期望,它们可各自以不同的方式给药(即,例如组合产品的鸦片样物质组分可口服给药,外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂组分可静脉内给药)。本发明的组合产品的剂量可根据多种因素而改变,如具体药物的药效学特征及其给药方式和途径;接受者的年龄、健康状态和体重;症状的性质和程度;并存的治疗种类;治疗的频率,和所需疗效。While it is preferred that the peripheral mu opioid antagonist and the opioid are administered in the same manner (i.e., e.g., both parenterally), if desired, they may each be administered in a different manner (i.e., e.g., a combination product The opioid component of the drug can be administered orally, and the peripheral μ opioid antagonist component can be administered intravenously). Dosages of the combination products of the present invention may vary depending on various factors, such as the pharmacodynamic profile of the particular drug and its mode and route of administration; age, health status and weight of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms; concomitant treatments type; frequency of treatment, and desired effect.

虽然本发明的组合产品的适当的剂量可由本领域技术人员在获悉了本发明的公开之后确定,但是作为一般指导,在鸦片样物质化合物与外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂组合时,例如,典型的日剂量可为每千克患者体重约0.01到约100毫克的鸦片样物质(和在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合)和约0.001到约100毫克的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂(和在该范围内的范围的所有组合和再组合)。优选地,日剂量可为每千克患者体重约0.1到约10毫克的鸦片样物质和约0.01到约10毫克的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂。更优选地,日剂量可为每千克患者体重约1.0毫克的鸦片样物质和约0.1毫克的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂。对于这类组合产品的典型的剂型鸦片样物质化合物(如,吗啡)通常以约5到约200毫克的量存在,外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂为约0.1到约12毫克。While appropriate dosages for the combination products of the present invention can be determined by those skilled in the art having knowledge of the present disclosure, as a general guide, when an opioid compound is combined with a peripheral mu opioid antagonist, for example, typically The daily dose may be from about 0.01 to about 100 mg of the opioid (and all combinations and subcombinations within this range) and from about 0.001 to about 100 mg of the peripheral mu opioid antagonist (and in the all combinations and subcombinations of ranges within that range). Preferably, the daily dosage may be from about 0.1 to about 10 mg of the opioid and from about 0.01 to about 10 mg of the peripheral mu opioid antagonist per kilogram of patient body weight. More preferably, the daily dosage may be about 1.0 milligram of the opioid and about 0.1 milligram of the peripheral mu opioid antagonist per kilogram of patient body weight. Typical dosage forms for such combination products are generally present in amounts of about 5 to about 200 mg for the opioid compound (eg, morphine) and about 0.1 to about 12 mg for the peripheral mu opioid antagonist.

用于例如治疗鸦片样物质给药或疼痛治疗的副作用的、在一个或多个无菌容器中包括治疗有效量的鸦片样物质以及治疗有效量的外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物的药用药包也在本发明的范围内。容器的灭菌可使用本领域技术人员公知的常规灭菌方法进行。材料的无菌容器可根据需要包括单独的容器,或一个或多个多室容器,如UNTVIALTM两室容器(得自Abbott Labs,Chicago,Illinois)举例说明的。任选的鸦片样物质化合物和外周μ鸦片样物质拮抗剂化合物可分离,或在如上所述的单一剂型中组合。如果期望,这种药包可进一步包括一种或多种不同的常规药用药包组分,诸如例如用于将组分混合的另外的小瓶等,这对于本领域技术人员来说是显而易见的。表明给用组分的量、用于给药的指导原则和/或用于将组分的混合指导原则的说明书(作为插入物或作为标签),也可包括在药包中。Pharmaceutical pack comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an opioid and a therapeutically effective amount of a peripheral mu opioid antagonist compound in one or more sterile containers, for example, for the treatment of side effects of opioid administration or pain therapy Also within the scope of the present invention. Sterilization of the containers can be performed using conventional sterilization methods known to those skilled in the art. Sterile containers of materials may comprise individual containers, or one or more multi-compartment containers, as exemplified by UNTVIAL two-compartment containers (available from Abbott Labs, Chicago, Illinois), as desired. The optional opioid compound and peripheral mu opioid antagonist compound may be separated, or combined in a single dosage form as described above. If desired, such packs may further comprise one or more of various conventional pharmaceutical pack components, such as, for example, additional vials for mixing the components, etc., as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Instructions (either as an insert or as a label) indicating the amounts of the components to be administered, guidelines for dosing, and/or guidelines for mixing the components, may also be included in the pack.

用于本发明的方法、组合物和药包的化合物(包括式I的化合物),已经在表明优先结合于μ阿片样物质受体的阿片样物质受体结合试验中进行表征。在分离组织(豚鼠回肠和小鼠输精管)和在其它体外系统(如,GTPγS)中的研究已经表明这些化合物可作为拮抗剂起作用,没有可测得的激动活性。在动物中的研究表明本发明的化合物在以极低剂量口服给药或非肠道给药时可逆转吗啡依赖性小鼠中的便秘,而不阻断吗啡的止痛作用,除非以一百倍或更高的剂量给予。总地来说,这些数据表明本文所述的化合物可具有极高程度的外周选择性。Compounds, including compounds of Formula I, for use in the methods, compositions and kits of the invention have been characterized in opioid receptor binding assays showing preferential binding to the mu opioid receptor. Studies in isolated tissues (guinea pig ileum and mouse vas deferens) and in other in vitro systems (eg, GTPyS) have shown that these compounds act as antagonists, with no detectable agonistic activity. Studies in animals have shown that the compounds of the present invention reverse constipation in morphine-dependent mice when administered orally or parenterally at very low doses without blocking the analgesic effects of morphine, except at a hundredfold or higher doses. Collectively, these data suggest that the compounds described herein can possess an extremely high degree of peripheral selectivity.

实施例Example

现在通过参考以下具体的非限制性实施例说明本发明。所述实施例不用于限制本发明的范围。The invention will now be illustrated by reference to the following specific non-limiting examples. The examples are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.

实施例1:爱维莫潘的合成Example 1: Synthesis of Alvimopan

根据以下合成方法制备爱维莫潘。Alvimopan was prepared according to the following synthetic method.

1-溴代-3-(1-甲基乙氧基)苯(化合物1)的合成Synthesis of 1-bromo-3-(1-methylethoxy)benzene (compound 1)

Figure A20058001794900711
Figure A20058001794900711

 试剂 Reagent     MW MW     量(kg) Quantity (kg)    千摩尔 Kilomole  摩尔比 The molar ratio of  3-溴代苯酚 3-Bromophenol     173.01 173.01     80.0 80.0    0.4624 0.4624  1.00 1.00  2-溴代丙烷 2-Bromopropane     123.0 123.0     85.6 85.6    0.6959 0.6959  1.51 1.51  碳酸钾,经研磨 Potassium carbonate, ground     138.2 138.2     96.0 96.0    0.6946 0.6946  1.50 1.50  乙醇1X* Ethanol 1X *     46.07 46.07     144 144    -- --  -- --  水 water     18.02 18.02     739 739    -- --  -- --  盐酸,31% Hydrochloric acid, 31%     36.46 36.46     6.6 6.6    -- --  -- --  氢氧化钠,50%,w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50%, w/w     40.0 40.0     44.4 44.4    -- --  -- --  庚烷 Heptane     100.2 100.2     185 185    -- --  -- --

*乙醇1X用0.5%甲苯变性。 * Ethanol 1X denatured with 0.5% toluene.

向反应器加入经研磨的碳酸钾(96.0kg)和乙醇1X(134kg)。将反应混合物调节到20到25℃。Ground potassium carbonate (96.0 kg) and ethanol IX (134 kg) were added to the reactor. The reaction mixture was adjusted to 20 to 25°C.

在搅拌下向反应器加入3-溴代苯酚(80.0kg),同时保持温度为20到35℃。将转移装置用乙醇1X(5kg)迅速漂洗。将温度调节到20到25℃。向反应器加入2-溴代丙烷(85.6kg)。将转移装置用乙醇1X(5kg)迅速漂洗。将水(20L)加入到反应器中。3-Bromophenol (80.0 kg) was added to the reactor with stirring while maintaining the temperature at 20 to 35°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with ethanol 1X (5 kg). Adjust the temperature to 20 to 25°C. 2-Bromopropane (85.6 kg) was charged to the reactor. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with ethanol 1X (5 kg). Water (20 L) was added to the reactor.

将反应器中的溶液加热到60到65℃并保持在该范围内至少16小时。将混合物冷却到45到50℃,检验混合物的3-溴代苯酚。在等待结果时将混合物回温到60到65℃。将混合物再次冷却到45到50℃。The solution in the reactor was heated to 60 to 65°C and maintained in this range for at least 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to 45 to 50°C and the mixture was tested for 3-bromophenol. The mixture was allowed to warm to 60 to 65°C while awaiting the results. The mixture was cooled again to 45 to 50°C.

向反应器加入水(303L)。将反应混合物通过常压蒸馏浓缩到400L的量。将浓缩的混合物冷却到20到25℃。Water (303 L) was added to the reactor. The reaction mixture was concentrated to an amount of 400 L by atmospheric distillation. The concentrated mixture was cooled to 20 to 25°C.

向反应器加入庚烷(185kg),然后在20到25℃的温度下搅拌至少20分钟。Heptane (185 kg) was added to the reactor, followed by stirring at a temperature of 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes.

分离两相溶液并将有机层用水(45L)和盐酸(31%,6.6kg)的溶液洗涤。有机层用水(56L)洗涤,随后用水(49L)和氢氧化钠(50%,6.6kg)的溶液洗涤。有机层用水(56L)洗涤最后一次。The biphasic solution was separated and the organic layer was washed with a solution of water (45 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 6.6 kg). The organic layer was washed with water (56 L), followed by a solution of water (49 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 6.6 kg). The organic layer was washed with water (56 L) one final time.

有机溶液通过共沸蒸馏干燥,直到不再收集到水。然后将反应混合物通过常压蒸馏浓缩到150到170L的量,并且冷却到20到25℃。将溶液包装用于下一步。对包装的产物(化合物1)取样,检测检测:HPLC纯度不少于98%a/a和HPLC检验不少于55%w/w。The organic solution was dried by azeotropic distillation until no more water was collected. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to an amount of 150 to 170 L by atmospheric distillation, and cooled to 20 to 25°C. Pack the solution for the next step. The packaged product (Compound 1) was sampled and tested: the HPLC purity was not less than 98% a/a and the HPLC test was not less than 55% w/w.

顺式-(±)-1,3-二甲基-4-[3-(1-甲基乙氧基)苯基]-4-哌啶醇(化合物2)的合成Synthesis of cis-(±)-1,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(1-methylethoxy)phenyl]-4-piperidinol (compound 2)

Figure A20058001794900721
Figure A20058001794900721

 试剂 Reagent     MW MW    量(kg) Quantity (kg)  千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物1 Compound 1     215.1 215.1    27.9 27.9  0.07514* 0.07514 *   1.21 1.21  镁屑 Magnesium filings     24.3 24.3    2.1 2.1  0.08642 0.08642   1.39 1.39  1,3-二甲基-4-哌啶酮 1,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidone     127.2 127.2    7.9 7.9  0.06211 0.06211   1.00 1.00  四氢呋喃 Tetrahydrofuran     72.01 72.01    162 162  -- --   -- --  氯化铵 ammonium chloride     53.5 53.5    6.6 6.6  -- --   -- --  水 water     18.02 18.02    56 56  -- --   -- --  Hyflo supercel Hyflo supercel     -- --    4 4  -- --   -- --  庚烷 Heptane     100.2 100.2    86.5 86.5  -- --   -- --

*根据试剂的检验计算 * Calculated according to the inspection of reagents

在整批使用之前,对使用的四氢呋喃取样分析含水量。Before the entire batch is used, a sample of THF used is analyzed for water content.

向反应器加入四氢呋喃(18kg)并且在没有搅拌的情况下加热至回流。将溶剂保持回流1小时并冷却到30℃或更低。进行KF分析以确保反应器中的含水量满足技术要求。将THF排出到废液缸并将反应器干燥。Tetrahydrofuran (18 kg) was added to the reactor and heated to reflux without stirring. The solvent was kept at reflux for 1 hour and cooled to 30°C or lower. A KF analysis was performed to ensure that the water content in the reactor met the specification. The THF was vented to waste and the reactor was dried.

向反应器加入镁(2.1kg),随后加入四氢呋喃(80kg)。在搅拌下,将反应混合物通过常压蒸馏浓缩到40到44L的量。将浓缩物冷却到40到45℃。Magnesium (2.1 kg) was charged to the reactor followed by tetrahydrofuran (80 kg). With stirring, the reaction mixture was concentrated to an amount of 40 to 44 L by atmospheric distillation. The concentrate was cooled to 40 to 45°C.

向便携式搅拌不锈钢槽加入四氢呋喃(18kg)并且搅拌至少20分钟。进行KF分析以确保反应器中含水量满足技术要求。将THF排出到废液缸。Tetrahydrofuran (18 kg) was added to a portable stirred stainless steel tank and stirred for at least 20 minutes. A KF analysis was performed to ensure that the water content in the reactor met the specification. Drain THF to waste.

向槽中加入1-溴代-3-(1-甲基乙氧基)苯(27.9kg)和四氢呋喃(31kg)。将溶液在室温下搅拌至少20分钟。1-Bromo-3-(1-methylethoxy)benzene (27.9 kg) and tetrahydrofuran (31 kg) were added to the tank. The solution was stirred at room temperature for at least 20 minutes.

将槽中混合物的2.5kg部分转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下将混合物在40到60℃保持至少30分钟。A 2.5 kg portion of the mixture in the tank was transferred to a reactor at 40 to 45°C. The mixture is maintained at 40 to 60° C. for at least 30 minutes with stirring.

将槽中混合物的第二个2.5kg部分转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下,将混合物在40到60℃保持至少30分钟。A second 2.5 kg portion of the tank mixture was transferred to the reactor at 40 to 45°C. With stirring, the mixture is maintained at 40 to 60°C for at least 30 minutes.

将槽中的混合物的5kg部分转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下,将混合物在40到60℃保持至少30分钟。A 5 kg portion of the mixture in the tank was transferred to a reactor at 40 to 45°C. With stirring, the mixture is maintained at 40 to 60°C for at least 30 minutes.

向槽加入1,3-二甲基-4-哌啶酮(7.9kg)并将转移装置用四氢呋喃(5kg)迅速漂洗。1,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidone (7.9 kg) was added to the tank and the transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with tetrahydrofuran (5 kg).

将槽中的混合物的15kg部分在至少1小时内转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下将混合物在40到60℃保持15到30分钟。将反应混合物冷却到40到45℃。A 15 kg portion of the mixture in the tank was transferred to the reactor at 40 to 45° C. within at least 1 hour. The mixture is maintained at 40 to 60° C. for 15 to 30 minutes with stirring. The reaction mixture was cooled to 40 to 45°C.

将槽中的混合物的第二个15kg部分在至少1小时内转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下,将混合物在40到60℃保持15到30分钟。将反应混合物冷却到40到45℃。The second 15 kg portion of the mixture in the tank was transferred to the reactor at 40 to 45° C. within at least 1 hour. With stirring, the mixture was maintained at 40 to 60°C for 15 to 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to 40 to 45°C.

将槽中的混合物的第三个15kg部分在至少1小时内转移到40到45℃的反应器中。在搅拌下,将混合物在40到60℃保持15到30分钟。将反应混合物冷却到40到45℃。The third 15 kg portion of the mixture in the tank was transferred to the reactor at 40 to 45° C. within at least 1 hour. With stirring, the mixture was maintained at 40 to 60°C for 15 to 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to 40 to 45°C.

将槽中的混合物的其余部分在至少1小时内转移到40到45℃的反应器中。将转移装置用THF(5kg)迅速漂洗。在搅拌下,将混合物在40到60℃保持15到30分钟。将反应混合物冷却到40到45℃。The remainder of the mixture in the tank was transferred to the reactor at 40 to 45°C over at least 1 hour. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (5 kg). With stirring, the mixture was maintained at 40 to 60°C for 15 to 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to 40 to 45°C.

在反应完成之后,将混合物冷却到20到25℃。After the reaction was complete, the mixture was cooled to 20 to 25°C.

向第二个反应器加入水(40L)和氯化铵(6.6kg)。在适度的搅拌下,将混合物在20到25℃保持至少20分钟。Water (40 L) and ammonium chloride (6.6 kg) were charged to the second reactor. With moderate agitation, the mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes.

一旦固体溶解,向第二个反应器加入Hyflo supercel(4kg)。将含水的混合物冷却到0到5℃。Once the solids had dissolved, Hyflo supercel (4 kg) was added to the second reactor. The aqueous mixture was cooled to 0 to 5°C.

在搅拌下将第一个反应器中的有机混合物转移到第二个反应器中。将转移装置用THF(5kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物加热到20到25℃并且保持至少15分钟。The organic mixture in the first reactor was transferred to the second reactor with stirring. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (5 kg). The mixture was heated to 20 to 25°C and held for at least 15 minutes.

将混合物过滤到第一反应器中,用庚烷迅速漂洗(2×6kg),并且在20到25℃保持至少20分钟。The mixture was filtered into the first reactor, rinsed rapidly with heptane (2 x 6 kg), and held at 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes.

分离两相溶液并将有机层用水(16L)洗涤。将有机溶液通过常压蒸馏浓缩到30到34L的量,并且冷却到45到50℃。The biphasic solution was separated and the organic layer was washed with water (16 L). The organic solution was concentrated to an amount of 30 to 34 L by atmospheric distillation, and cooled to 45 to 50°C.

向反应器加入庚烷(54kg)并将溶液通过常压蒸馏浓缩到69到73L的量。将溶液冷却到30到35℃。检验反应混合物中的残留四氢呋喃和含水量。将反应用产物晶体引晶并在最少1小时内将混合物冷却到0到5℃并保持至少3小时。Heptane (54 kg) was added to the reactor and the solution was concentrated by atmospheric distillation to an amount of 69 to 73 L. The solution was cooled to 30 to 35°C. Check the reaction mixture for residual THF and water content. The reaction was seeded with product crystals and the mixture was cooled to 0 to 5°C over a minimum of 1 hour and held for at least 3 hours.

通过过滤分离固体产物,用冷庚烷(2×10kg)洗涤并干燥。收集产物样品干燥并包装。对包装的产物(化合物2)取样,检测:HPLC纯度不少于97%a/a,在用于下一步之前打开包装。The solid product was isolated by filtration, washed with cold heptane (2 x 10 kg) and dried. Samples of the product were collected, dried and packaged. The packaged product (compound 2) was sampled, tested: HPLC purity not less than 97% a/a, and the package was opened before being used in the next step.

顺式-(±)-1,3-二甲基-4-[3-(1-甲基乙氧基)苯基]-4-哌啶醇(化合物2)的纯化Purification of cis-(±)-1,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(1-methylethoxy)phenyl]-4-piperidinol (compound 2)

  试剂 Reagent     MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)   千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of   化合物2 Compound 2     263.4 263.4   96.1 96.1   0.3648 0.3648   1.00 1.00   庚烷 Heptane     100.2 100.2   590 590   -- --   -- --

向反应器加入化合物2(96.1kg)和庚烷(328L)。将混合物加热到55到60℃并保持至少1小时。检验混合物以确保所有的固体溶解。Compound 2 (96.1 kg) and heptane (328 L) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was heated to 55 to 60°C for at least 1 hour. Check the mixture to ensure all solids are dissolved.

在至少1小时内将溶液冷却到30到35℃并保持至少1小时。检验混合物以确保沉淀已经发生。在至少两小时内将混合物冷却到0到5℃并保持至少4小时。Cool the solution to 30 to 35°C over at least 1 hour and hold for at least 1 hour. Check the mixture to ensure that precipitation has occurred. The mixture was cooled to 0 to 5°C over at least two hours and held for at least 4 hours.

通过过滤分离固体纯化合物2,用冷庚烷洗涤(2×131kg)并且干燥。收集产物样品用于干燥并将其包装。对包装的产物取样,检测HPLC纯度,不少于97%a/a,在用于下一步之前打开包装。Solid pure compound 2 was isolated by filtration, washed with cold heptane (2 x 131 kg) and dried. Product samples were collected for drying and packaged. The packaged product was sampled, tested for HPLC purity, not less than 97% a/a, and opened before being used in the next step.

碳酸乙酯(3S,4R)-1,3-二甲基-4-[3-(1-甲基乙氧基)苯基]-4-哌啶基酯化合物与(+)-D-2,3-二[(4-甲基苯甲酰基)氧基]丁二酸(1∶1)(化合物3)的合成Ethyl carbonate (3S, 4R)-1,3-dimethyl-4-[3-(1-methylethoxy)phenyl]-4-piperidinyl ester compound and (+)-D-2 , Synthesis of 3-bis[(4-methylbenzoyl)oxy]succinic acid (1:1) (compound 3)

 试剂 Reagent   MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)   千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物2 Compound 2   263.4 263.4   10.8 10.8   0.04100 0.04100   1.00 1.00  氯代乙酸乙酯 ethyl chloroacetate   108.52 108.52   5.6 5.6   0.05160 0.05160   1.26 1.26  三乙胺,无水 Triethylamine, anhydrous   101.19 101.19   0.4 0.4   0.003953 0.003953   0.10 0.10  (+)DTTA (+)DTTA   386.36 386.36   15.8 15.8   0.04089 0.04089   1.00 1.00  氢氧化钠,50%w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50% w/w   40.0 40.0   47.6 47.6   -- --   -- --  乙酸乙酯 Ethyl acetate   88.11 88.11   52 52   -- --   -- --  乙醇1X Ethanol 1X   46.07 46.07   285 285   -- --   -- --

向反应器加入化合物2(10.8kg)和乙酸乙酯(48L)。将混合物在20到25℃保持至少30分钟,直到所有固体溶解。将溶液冷却到0到5℃。Compound 2 (10.8 kg) and ethyl acetate (48 L) were added to the reactor. The mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 30 minutes until all solids had dissolved. The solution was cooled to 0 to 5°C.

向反应器加入三乙胺(0.4kg)并将转移装置用乙酸乙酯(1kg)迅速漂洗。Triethylamine (0.4 kg) was added to the reactor and the transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with ethyl acetate (1 kg).

向反应器加入氯甲酸乙酯(5.6kg),同时保持0到15℃的温度。将转移装置用乙酸乙酯(3kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物在20到25℃保持至少3小时。Ethyl chloroformate (5.6 kg) was added to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 0 to 15°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with ethyl acetate (3 kg). The mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 3 hours.

向反应器加入50%氢氧化钠(7.6kg),同时保持0到38℃的温度。将转移装置用水(17L)迅速漂洗。将溶液在20到25℃保持至少20分钟并且检查溶液的pH以确保pH大于10。50% sodium hydroxide (7.6 kg) was added to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 0 to 38°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (17 L). Keep the solution at 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes and check the pH of the solution to ensure that the pH is greater than 10.

分离两相溶液并将有机层用水(22L)洗涤两次。有机溶液通过共沸蒸馏干燥,然后通过常压蒸馏浓缩到20到24L的量。将溶液冷却到40到50℃。The biphasic solution was separated and the organic layer was washed twice with water (22 L). The organic solution was dried by azeotropic distillation, and then concentrated to an amount of 20 to 24 L by atmospheric distillation. The solution was cooled to 40 to 50°C.

向反应器加入乙醇1X(60kg)。将有机溶液通过常压蒸馏浓缩到30到34L的量,并且冷却到55℃到60℃。Ethanol 1X (60 kg) was added to the reactor. The organic solution was concentrated to an amount of 30 to 34 L by atmospheric distillation, and cooled to 55°C to 60°C.

向具有玻璃衬里的反应器中加入(+)-二-对甲苯甲酰基-D-酒石酸(15.8kg)和乙醇1X(51kg)。在适度的搅拌下,调节温度到60到65℃。Into a glass-lined reactor was charged (+)-di-p-toluoyl-D-tartaric acid (15.8 kg) and ethanol 1X (51 kg). With moderate agitation, adjust the temperature to 60 to 65°C.

将反应混合物转移到酸性溶液中,同时保持60到70℃的温度。将转移装置用乙醇1X(17kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液在60到65℃保持1到1.5小时。将悬浮液冷却到50到55℃并且保持2到2.5小时。在至少3小时内将悬浮液冷却到20到25℃并保持至少10小时。The reaction mixture was transferred to an acidic solution while maintaining a temperature of 60 to 70°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with ethanol 1X (17 kg). The solution was maintained at 60 to 65°C for 1 to 1.5 hours. The suspension was cooled to 50 to 55°C and maintained for 2 to 2.5 hours. The suspension is cooled to 20 to 25°C over at least 3 hours and maintained for at least 10 hours.

通过过滤分离固体,用乙醇1X洗涤(17kg),干燥并包装。对包装的粗产物取样并检测化合物3的手性纯度。The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol IX (17 kg), dried and packaged. The packaged crude product was sampled and tested for chiral purity of Compound 3.

向反应器加入粗产物和乙醇1X(根据计算)。将混合物调节到60到65℃并且保持2到2.5小时。在至少2小时内将悬浮液冷却到20到25℃。将悬浮液冷却到0到5℃并保持至少3小时。The reactor was charged with crude product and ethanol 1X (according to calculation). The mixture was adjusted to 60 to 65°C and held for 2 to 2.5 hours. The suspension was cooled to 20 to 25°C over at least 2 hours. The suspension was cooled to 0 to 5°C for at least 3 hours.

通过过滤分离固体化合物3,用冷乙醇1X(17kg)洗涤,干燥并包装。对包装的产物取样,检测,HPLC纯度不少于99.0%a/a;手性HPLC,不少于99.5%,并且在用于下一步之前打开包装。Solid compound 3 was isolated by filtration, washed with cold ethanol 1X (17 kg), dried and packaged. The packaged product was sampled, tested, HPLC purity not less than 99.0% a/a; chiral HPLC, not less than 99.5%, and the package was opened before being used in the next step.

(3R,4R)-3-(3,4-二甲基-4-哌啶基)苯酚(化合物4)的合成Synthesis of (3R,4R)-3-(3,4-Dimethyl-4-piperidinyl)phenol (Compound 4)

 试剂 Reagent   MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)  千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物3 Compound 3   647.8 647.8   18.3 18.3  0.02825 0.02825   1.00 1.00  甲苯 toluene   92.14 92.14   50 50  -- --   -- --  水 water   18.02 18.02   434 434  -- --   -- --  氢氧化钠,50%w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50% w/w   40.0 40.0   110.7 110.7  -- --   -- --  氯代甲酸苯酯 Phenyl chloroformate   156.57 156.57   5.3 5.3  0.03385 0.03385   1.20 1.20  盐酸,31% Hydrochloric acid, 31%   36.46 36.46   2.8 2.8  -- --   -- --  冰醋酸 Glacial acetic acid   60.05 60.05   17.6 17.6  0.2931 0.2931   10.38 10.38  氢溴酸 hydrobromic acid   80.92 80.92   19 19  0.1127 0.1127   4.00 4.00  叔丁基甲基醚 tert-butyl methyl ether   88.15 88.15   56 56  -- --   -- --  甲醇 Methanol   32.04 32.04   8.7 8.7  -- --   -- --

向反应器加入化合物3(18.3kg)、甲苯(48kg)和水(32L)。将混合物调节到20到25℃。Compound 3 (18.3 kg), toluene (48 kg) and water (32 L) were added to the reactor. The mixture was adjusted to 20 to 25°C.

向反应器加入氢氧化钠(50%,9.2kg),同时保持20到30℃的温度。将转移装置用水(4L)迅速漂洗。在搅拌下将混合物冷却到20到25℃并且保持1小时。检查水层的pH以确保pH大于12。Sodium hydroxide (50%, 9.2 kg) was added to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 30°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (4 L). The mixture was cooled to 20 to 25°C with stirring and held for 1 hour. Check the pH of the aqueous layer to ensure the pH is greater than 12.

分离两相溶液并将有机层用水(14L)和氢氧化钠(50%,0.7kg)的溶液洗涤。有机层用水(15L)洗涤两次并通过共沸蒸馏干燥。将溶液冷却到80到85℃。The biphasic solution was separated and the organic layer was washed with a solution of water (14 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 0.7 kg). The organic layer was washed twice with water (15 L) and dried by azeotropic distillation. The solution was cooled to 80 to 85°C.

在至少1.5小时内将氯甲酸苯酯(5.3kg)加入到反应器中,同时保持80到85℃的温度。将转移装置用甲苯(2kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液加热至回流并保持至少3小时,然后冷却到50到55℃。在等待结果时,将混合物保持回流。Phenyl chloroformate (5.3 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 1.5 hours while maintaining a temperature of 80 to 85°C. The transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with toluene (2 kg). The solution was heated to reflux for at least 3 hours, then cooled to 50 to 55°C. While awaiting the results, the mixture was kept at reflux.

将混合物冷却到20到25℃并将水(14L)加入到反应器中。在至少1小时内向反应器加入氢氧化钠(50%,2.3kg),同时保持20到30℃的温度。将转移装置用水(4L)迅速漂洗。将溶液在20到25℃保持至少1小时。The mixture was cooled to 20 to 25 °C and water (14 L) was added to the reactor. Sodium hydroxide (50%, 2.3 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 1 hour while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 30°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (4 L). The solution was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 1 hour.

分离两相溶液并将有机层用水(15L)和盐酸(31%,1.9kg)的溶液洗涤。将有机溶液通过常压蒸馏浓缩到23到26L的量,并且冷却到65到70℃。The biphasic solution was separated and the organic layer was washed with a solution of water (15 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 1.9 kg). The organic solution was concentrated to an amount of 23 to 26 L by atmospheric distillation, and cooled to 65 to 70°C.

向反应器加入水(7L)和乙酸(13.6kg)。将转移装置用水(2L)迅速漂洗。将有机溶液通过常压蒸馏浓缩到26到29L的量,并且冷却到50℃到60℃。Water (7 L) and acetic acid (13.6 kg) were charged to the reactor. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (2 L). The organic solution was concentrated to an amount of 26 to 29 L by atmospheric distillation, and cooled to 50°C to 60°C.

向反应器加入氢溴酸(19kg),随后加入乙酸(4kg)。将溶液加热至回流并保持至少18小时。将溶液冷却到55到60℃。将溶液冷却到10到15℃。Hydrobromic acid (19 kg) was added to the reactor followed by acetic acid (4 kg). The solution was heated to reflux for at least 18 hours. The solution was cooled to 55 to 60°C. The solution was cooled to 10 to 15°C.

在至少1小时内向反应器加入氢氧化钠(50%,6kg),同时保持10到30℃的温度。将转移装置用水(5L)迅速漂洗。将温度调节到20到25℃并检查pH以确保pH小于1.7。Sodium hydroxide (50%, 6 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 1 hour while maintaining a temperature of 10 to 30°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (5 L). Adjust the temperature to 20 to 25°C and check the pH to ensure it is less than 1.7.

向反应器加入叔丁基甲基醚(16kg),同时保持20到25℃的温度。向反应器加入水(27L)并将溶液在20到25℃保持至少30分钟。Tert-butyl methyl ether (16 kg) was charged to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 25°C. Water (27 L) was added to the reactor and the solution was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 30 minutes.

分离两相溶液并将水溶液转移到反应器中。将有机溶液转移到200L玻璃接受器中。水溶液用叔丁基甲基醚(16kg)洗涤两次。The biphasic solution was separated and the aqueous solution was transferred to the reactor. The organic solution was transferred to a 200L glass receiver. The aqueous solution was washed twice with tert-butyl methyl ether (16 kg).

将有机层从玻璃接受器转移到反应器中。向反应器加入水(5L),随后加入盐酸(31%,0.9kg),同时保持20到25℃的温度。将转移装置用水(2L)迅速漂洗。将两相溶液在20到25℃保持至少20分钟。The organic layer was transferred from the glass receiver to the reactor. Water (5 L) was added to the reactor followed by hydrochloric acid (31%, 0.9 kg) while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 25°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (2 L). The biphasic solution was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes.

分离两相溶液并将水溶液用叔丁基甲基醚(4kg)洗涤两次。The biphasic solution was separated and the aqueous solution was washed twice with tert-butyl methyl ether (4 kg).

将酸性溶液从新的PE桶转移到200L反应器中。将转移装置用水(2L)迅速漂洗。Transfer the acidic solution from a new PE drum to the 200L reactor. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (2 L).

在至少30分钟内向反应器加入甲醇(8.7kg),同时保持20到25℃的温度。Methanol (8.7 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 30 minutes while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 25°C.

向便携式搅拌不锈钢槽中加入水(41L)和氢氧化钠(50%,12.5kg)。将转移装置用水(4L)迅速漂洗。将溶液转移到反应器中,实现10.0到10.5的pH,同时保持20到35℃的温度。Water (41 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 12.5 kg) were added to a portable stirred stainless steel tank. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (4 L). The solution was transferred to the reactor to achieve a pH of 10.0 to 10.5 while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 35°C.

将悬浮液冷却到0到5℃并保持至少4小时。The suspension was cooled to 0 to 5°C for at least 4 hours.

将化合物4通过过滤分离,用冷水洗涤(2×9L),干燥并包装。对包装的产物取样,检测:HPLC纯度不少于98.5%a/a;手性纯度不少于99.0%,和HPLC检验不少于95%w/w,并且在用于下一步之前打开包装。Compound 4 was isolated by filtration, washed with cold water (2 x 9 L), dried and packaged. The packaged product was sampled, tested: HPLC purity not less than 98.5% a/a; chiral purity not less than 99.0%, and HPLC test not less than 95% w/w, and opened the package before being used in the next step.

(αS,3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基-α-(苯基甲基)-1-哌啶丙酸甲酯盐酸盐(化合物6)的合成(αS,3R,4R)-4-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethyl-α-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperidine propionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (compound 6) Synthesis

Figure A20058001794900811
Figure A20058001794900811

化合物4    化合物5    化合物6Compound 4 Compound 5 Compound 6

 试剂 Reagent   MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)   千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物4 Compound 4   205.3 205.3   19.2 19.2   0.09352 0.09352   1.00 1.00  丙烯酸甲酯 Methyl acrylate   86.09 86.09   8.5 8.5   0.09875 0.09875   1.05 1.05  四氢呋喃 Tetrahydrofuran   72.11 72.11   692 692   -- --   -- --  正丁基锂 n-BuLi   64.06 64.06   87.4 87.4   0.2056 0.2056   2.20 2.20  二异丙基胺 Diisopropylamine   101.19 101.19   21.8 21.8   0.2154 0.2154   2.30 2.30  溴苄 Benzyl bromide   171.04 171.04   32.0 32.0   0.1871 0.1871   2.00 2.00  庚烷 Heptane   100.21 100.21   209 209   -- --   -- --  甲醇 Methanol   32.04 32.04   659 659   -- --   -- --  盐酸,31% Hydrochloric acid, 31%   36.46 36.46   36.2 36.2   0.3078 0.3078   3.29 3.29  氢氧化钠,50%,w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50%, w/w   40.0 40.0   4.9 4.9   0.06125 0.06125   0.65 0.65  氯化氢气体 hydrogen chloride gas   36.46 36.46   14.4 14.4   0.3950 0.3950   4.23 4.23  Hyflo supercel Hyflo supercel   -- --   1.9 1.9   -- --   -- --  水 water   18.02 18.02   566 566   -- --   -- --

向反应器加入化合物4(19.2kg)和四氢呋喃(222kg)。在50%搅拌下将混合物加热到40到45℃。Compound 4 (19.2 kg) and tetrahydrofuran (222 kg) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was heated to 40 to 45°C with 50% stirring.

在至少30分钟内向反应器加入丙烯酸甲酯(8.5kg),同时保持40到45℃的温度。将转移装置用THF(17kg)迅速漂洗。将反应混合物在40到45℃保持18到19小时。将反应混合物冷却到20到25℃。Methyl acrylate (8.5 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 30 minutes while maintaining a temperature of 40 to 45°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (17 kg). The reaction mixture was maintained at 40 to 45°C for 18 to 19 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 20 to 25°C.

向便携式搅拌不锈钢槽加入Hyflo supercel(1.9kg)和庚烷(13kg)。将混合物搅拌至少五分钟。将混合物转移到反应器中并且用庚烷(5kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物在20到25℃保持至少20分钟。Hyflo supercel (1.9 kg) and heptane (13 kg) were added to a portable stirred stainless steel tank. Stir the mixture for at least five minutes. The mixture was transferred to the reactor and rinsed quickly with heptane (5 kg). The mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 20 minutes.

将混合物过滤到反应器中以便澄清,用庚烷(26kg)迅速漂洗并冷却到-5到0℃。将溶液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到29到48L的量,得到化合物5的溶液。The mixture was filtered into the reactor for clarification, rinsed quickly with heptane (26 kg) and cooled to -5 to 0°C. The solution was concentrated to an amount of 29 to 48 L by vacuum distillation to obtain a solution of Compound 5.

在30℃或更低温度下向反应器加入庚烷(26kg)。将溶液冷却到-5到0℃并且通过真空蒸馏浓缩到29到48L的量。Heptane (26 kg) was charged to the reactor at 30°C or lower. The solution was cooled to -5 to 0°C and concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 29 to 48 L.

向反应器加入四氢呋喃(333kg),随后加入二异丙基胺(21.8kg)。将转移装置用四氢呋喃(12kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液冷却到-15到-10℃。Tetrahydrofuran (333 kg) was charged to the reactor followed by diisopropylamine (21.8 kg). The transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with tetrahydrofuran (12 kg). The solution was cooled to -15 to -10°C.

在至少1小时内向反应器加入含正丁基锂的己烷(87.4kg),同时保持-15到-5℃的温度。将转移装置用THF(2×5kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液在-10到-5℃保持1到3小时,然后冷却到-25到-20℃。The reactor was fed with n-butyllithium in hexane (87.4 kg) over at least 1 hour while maintaining a temperature of -15 to -5°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (2 x 5 kg). The solution was maintained at -10 to -5°C for 1 to 3 hours and then cooled to -25 to -20°C.

将反应器中的丙烯酸酯溶液转移到这个反应器中,同时保持-25到-15℃的温度。将转移装置用THF(8kg)迅速漂洗。将悬浮液在-25到-20℃保持30到60分钟。The acrylate solution in the reactor was transferred to this reactor while maintaining a temperature of -25 to -15°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (8 kg). The suspension was kept at -25 to -20°C for 30 to 60 minutes.

在至少2小时内向反应器加入溴苄(32.0kg),虽然保持-25到-20℃的温度。将转移装置用THF(8kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物在-25到-20℃保持至少16小时。Benzyl bromide (32.0 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 2 hours while maintaining a temperature of -25 to -20°C. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (8 kg). The mixture was maintained at -25 to -20°C for at least 16 hours.

向便携式储槽加入水(61L)和盐酸(31%,18.1kg),然后搅拌至少两分钟,以形成溶液。向第二个便携式储槽加入水(61L)和盐酸(31%,18.1kg),然后搅拌至少两分钟,以形成溶液。在至少两小时内将两种酸性溶液转移到反应器中,同时保持-25到-15℃的温度。在至少三小时内将溶液升温到20到25℃。Water (61 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 18.1 kg) were added to the portable storage tank and stirred for at least two minutes to form a solution. Water (61 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 18.1 kg) were added to a second portable storage tank and stirred for at least two minutes to form a solution. The two acidic solutions were transferred to the reactor over a period of at least two hours while maintaining a temperature of -25 to -15°C. The solution was warmed to 20 to 25°C over at least three hours.

向便携式储槽加入水(29L)和氢氧化钠(50%,4.9kg)。将转移装置用水(15L)迅速漂洗并将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。Water (29 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 4.9 kg) were added to a portable storage tank. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (15 L) and the mixture was stirred for at least two minutes to form a solution.

将碱性溶液(29kg)转移到反应器中,同时保持20到25℃的温度,直到得到9.0到9.5的pH。分离两相溶液并将水溶液转移到600L反应器中。The alkaline solution (29 kg) was transferred into the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 25°C until a pH of 9.0 to 9.5 was obtained. The biphasic solution was separated and the aqueous solution was transferred to a 600L reactor.

水溶液用庚烷(26kg)洗涤。将得到的有机溶液转移到1500L反应器中并将转移装置用庚烷(17kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液冷却到-30到-20℃。The aqueous solution was washed with heptane (26 kg). The resulting organic solution was transferred to a 1500 L reactor and the transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with heptane (17 kg). The solution was cooled to -30 to -20°C.

向反应器加入甲醇(113kg)并冷却到-30到-20℃。向反应器加入氯化氢气体(14.4kg),同时保持-30到-10℃的温度。Methanol (113 kg) was charged to the reactor and cooled to -30 to -20°C. Hydrogen chloride gas (14.4 kg) was fed to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of -30 to -10°C.

将酸性溶液加入到上述反应器中,同时保持-30到-5℃的温度。将转移装置用甲醇(19kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液温度调节到-10到-5℃。将溶液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到168到216L的量。The acidic solution was added to the above reactor while maintaining a temperature of -30 to -5°C. The transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with methanol (19 kg). The temperature of the solution was adjusted to -10 to -5°C. The solution was concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 168 to 216 L.

将溶液转移到600L反应器中并用甲醇(48kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液冷却到-10到-5℃并且通过真空蒸馏浓缩到48到68L的量。The solution was transferred to a 600L reactor and rinsed quickly with methanol (48kg). The solution was cooled to -10 to -5°C and concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 48 to 68 L.

向1500L反应器中加入甲醇(77kg)并且漂洗到反应器中。然后将溶液冷却到-10到-5℃并且通过真空蒸馏浓缩到48到68L的量。Methanol (77 kg) was added to the 1500 L reactor and rinsed into the reactor. The solution was then cooled to -10 to -5°C and concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 48 to 68 L.

在30℃或更低温度下向反应器加入甲醇(106kg),然后加热到40到45℃。将溶液在40到45℃保持1到2小时。在至少3小时内将溶液冷却到20到25℃并且在该范围保持至少1小时。在至少1小时内将溶液冷却到2到7℃并且在该范围保持至少1小时。Methanol (106 kg) was charged to the reactor at 30°C or lower, followed by heating to 40 to 45°C. The solution was maintained at 40 to 45°C for 1 to 2 hours. The solution was cooled to 20 to 25°C over at least 3 hours and held in this range for at least 1 hour. The solution was cooled to 2 to 7°C over at least 1 hour and held in this range for at least 1 hour.

通过过滤分离粗产物化合物6,用冷甲醇洗涤(2×15kg),并且检测纯度。保留滤液用于进一步处理。Crude compound 6 was isolated by filtration, washed with cold methanol (2 x 15 kg), and checked for purity. The filtrate was retained for further processing.

向反应器加入湿滤饼和甲醇(60kg)。将混合物加热至回流并且在回流下保持1到2小时。在至少4小时内将溶液冷却到2到7℃并且在该范围保持至少1小时。The wet cake and methanol (60 kg) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was heated to reflux and maintained at reflux for 1 to 2 hours. The solution was cooled to 2 to 7°C over at least 4 hours and held in this range for at least 1 hour.

通过过滤分离粗产物,用冷甲醇洗涤(2×15kg),并且检测纯度。保留滤液用于进一步处理。The crude product was isolated by filtration, washed with cold methanol (2 x 15 kg), and checked for purity. The filtrate was retained for further processing.

向反应器加入湿滤饼和甲醇(60kg)。将混合物加热至回流并且在回流下保持1小时。在至少4小时内将溶液冷却到2到7℃并且在该范围保持至少1小时。The wet cake and methanol (60 kg) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was heated to reflux and maintained at reflux for 1 hour. The solution was cooled to 2 to 7°C over at least 4 hours and held in this range for at least 1 hour.

通过过滤分离粗产物,用冷甲醇洗涤(2×15kg),并且检测纯度和手性HPLC。The crude product was isolated by filtration, washed with cold methanol (2 x 15 kg), and checked for purity and chiral HPLC.

向反应器加入湿滤饼和甲醇(60kg)。将混合物加热至回流并且在回流下保持1小时。在至少4小时内将溶液冷却到2到7℃并且在该范围保持至少1小时。The wet cake and methanol (60 kg) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was heated to reflux and maintained at reflux for 1 hour. The solution was cooled to 2 to 7°C over at least 4 hours and held in this range for at least 1 hour.

通过过滤分离产物化合物6,用冷甲醇洗涤(2×15kg),取样用于分析HPLC纯度、手性HPLC和异构体并将其包装。对包装的产物取样,检测:HPLC>99.0%a/a;手性HPLC,3.0%:并且在用于下一步之前打开包装。The product compound 6 was isolated by filtration, washed with cold methanol (2 x 15 kg), sampled for analysis of HPLC purity, chiral HPLC and isomers and packaged. The packaged product was sampled, assayed: HPLC >99.0% a/a; chiral HPLC, 3.0%: and packaged before being used in the next step.

(αS,3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基-α-(苯基甲基)-1-哌啶丙酸一水合物(化合物7)的合成Synthesis of (αS,3R,4R)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethyl-α-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperidinepropionic acid monohydrate (compound 7)

Figure A20058001794900851
Figure A20058001794900851

化合物6    化合物7Compound 6 Compound 7

 试剂 Reagent   MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)   千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物6 Compound 6   417.97 417.97   9.9 9.9   0.02369 0.02369   1.00 1.00  甲醇 Methanol   32.04 32.04   107 107   -- --   - -  盐酸,31% Hydrochloric acid, 31%   36.46 36.46   9.4 9.4   0.07992 0.07992   3.37 3.37  氢氧化钠,50%,w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50%, w/w   40.0 40.0   7.9 7.9   0.09875 0.09875   4.16 4.16  水 water   18.02 18.02   ~244 ~244   -- --   -- --

向反应器加入化合物6(9.9kg)和水(74L)。将混合物调节到20到25℃。Compound 6 (9.9 kg) and water (74 L) were charged to the reactor. The mixture was adjusted to 20 to 25°C.

在至少10分钟内向反应器加入氢氧化钠(50%,7.9kg)。将转移装置用水(10L)迅速漂洗。检查混合物的pH以确保pH大于12。Sodium hydroxide (50%, 7.9 kg) was added to the reactor over at least 10 minutes. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (10 L). Check the pH of the mixture to ensure the pH is greater than 12.

将溶液保持在20到25℃的温度下并且搅拌至少4小时。然后将反应混合物过滤到反应器中,以便澄清。将产物用水(8L)迅速漂洗。The solution was kept at a temperature of 20 to 25°C and stirred for at least 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered into the reactor for clarification. The product was rinsed quickly with water (8 L).

向反应器加入甲醇(84kg)并且调节到20到25℃。Methanol (84 kg) was added to the reactor and adjusted to 20 to 25°C.

向反应器分批加入盐酸(31%,6.9kg)直到达到9.0到10.0的pH。Hydrochloric acid (31%, 6.9 kg) was added portionwise to the reactor until a pH of 9.0 to 10.0 was reached.

向新的PE桶加入水(7.6L)和盐酸(31%,2.5kg)。将转移装置用水(4.0L)迅速漂洗并将溶液搅拌至少两分钟以便混合。Water (7.6 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 2.5 kg) were added to a new PE bucket. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with water (4.0 L) and the solution was stirred for at least two minutes to mix.

向烧杯加入甲醇(0.4kg)、水(0.5L)和化合物7(100g)。将混合物加入到反应器中并用水(0.3L)和甲醇(0.2kg)的溶液迅速漂洗,为反应混合物引晶。Methanol (0.4 kg), water (0.5 L) and compound 7 (100 g) were added to the beaker. The reaction mixture was seeded by adding the mixture to the reactor and rinsing rapidly with a solution of water (0.3 L) and methanol (0.2 kg).

用制备的酸性溶液(10.4kg)调节反应混合物的pH,直到得到5.8到6.2的pH。将混合物在20到25℃保持至少1小时,并进行检验以确保结晶已经发生。将悬浮液冷却到0到5℃并且通过真空蒸馏浓缩到107到124L的量。将悬浮液调节到20到25℃并检查pH以确保pH在5.8和6.2之间。The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted with the prepared acidic solution (10.4 kg) until a pH of 5.8 to 6.2 was obtained. The mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 1 hour and checked to ensure that crystallization had occurred. The suspension was cooled to 0 to 5°C and concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 107 to 124 L. The suspension was adjusted to 20 to 25°C and the pH checked to ensure that it was between 5.8 and 6.2.

将悬浮液冷却到2到7℃并且搅拌至少4小时。The suspension was cooled to 2 to 7°C and stirred for at least 4 hours.

将产物通过过滤分离,用冷水洗涤(2×30L),干燥、取样分析含水量并包装。对包装的产物取样,检测:HPLC纯度98.%%a/a;手性HPLC:98%,和HPLC检验98.0%w/w,并且在用于下一步之前打开包装。The product was isolated by filtration, washed with cold water (2 x 30 L), dried, sampled for water content and packaged. The packaged product was sampled, assayed: HPLC purity 98.%% a/a; chiral HPLC: 98%, and HPLC assay 98.0% w/w, and packaged before being used in the next step.

[[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-羟基苯基)-3(R),4-二甲基-1-哌啶基]甲基]-1-氧代-3-苯基丙基]氨基]乙酸二水合物(爱维莫潘)的合成[[2(S)-[[4(R)-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R),4-dimethyl-1-piperidinyl]methyl]-1-oxo-3- Synthesis of Phenylpropyl]amino]acetic Acid Dihydrate (Alvimopan)

Figure A20058001794900861
Figure A20058001794900861

化合物7    化合物8    爱维莫潘Compound 7 Compound 8 Alvimopan

 试剂 Reagent     MW MW   量(kg) Quantity (kg)  千摩尔 kilomole   摩尔比 The molar ratio of  化合物7 Compound 7     385.5 385.5   7.9 7.9  2.02049 2.02049   1.00 1.00  甘氨酸乙酯盐酸盐 Glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride     139.58 139.58   3.1 3.1  0.02254 0.02254   1.10 1.10  1-羟基苯并三唑水合物 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate     135.13 135.13   3.5 3.5  0.02562 0.02562   1.25 1.25  三乙胺 Triethylamine     101.2 101.2   2.3 2.3  0.02254 0.02254   1.10 1.10  1,3-二环己基碳二亚胺 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide     206.33 206.33   4.7 4.7  0.02254 0.02254   1.10 1.10  四氢呋喃 Tetrahydrofuran     72.11 72.11   156 156  -- --   -- --  乙酸乙酯 Ethyl acetate     88.11 88.11   858 858  -- --   -- --  碱灰(碳酸钠) Soda Ash (Sodium Carbonate)     105.99 105.99   4.8 4.8  -- --   -- --  碳酸氢钠 sodium bicarbonate     84.00 84.00   3.1 3.1  -- --   -- --  盐水 salt water     -- --   112 112  -- --   -- --  乙醇1X Ethanol 1X     46.07 46.07   743 743  -- --   -- --  净化水 purified water     18.02 18.02   1196 1196  -- --   -- --  氢氧化钠,50%,w/w Sodium Hydroxide, 50%, w/w     40.0 40.0   16.8 16.8  -- --   -- --  盐酸,31% Hydrochloric acid, 31%     36.46 36.46   30.0 30.0  -- --   -- --

向便携式搅拌不锈钢槽(PAST)加入四氢呋喃(15kg)和1,3-二环己基碳二亚胺(4.7kg)。将转移装置用THF(16kg)迅速漂洗。Tetrahydrofuran (15 kg) and 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (4.7 kg) were added to a portable stirred stainless steel tank (PAST). The transfer device was rinsed quickly with THF (16 kg).

向反应器加入化合物7(7.9kg)、甘氨酸乙酯盐酸盐(3.1kg)、1-羟基苯并三唑水合物(3.5kg)、四氢呋喃(99kg)、和净化水(3.3kg)。在60%搅拌下,将混合物调节为20到25℃。Compound 7 (7.9 kg), glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (3.1 kg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (3.5 kg), tetrahydrofuran (99 kg), and purified water (3.3 kg) were added to the reactor. With 60% agitation, the mixture was adjusted to 20 to 25°C.

向反应器加入三乙胺(2.3kg)。将转移装置用四氢呋喃(3kg)迅速漂洗。将溶液在20到25℃保持20到60分钟。Triethylamine (2.3 kg) was added to the reactor. The transfer device was rinsed quickly with tetrahydrofuran (3 kg). The solution was maintained at 20 to 25°C for 20 to 60 minutes.

将1,3-二环己基碳二亚胺溶液转移到反应器中,同时保持20到25℃的温度。将转移装置用四氢呋喃(23kg)迅速漂洗。The 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide solution was transferred to the reactor while maintaining a temperature of 20 to 25°C. The transfer apparatus was rinsed quickly with tetrahydrofuran (23 kg).

将反应混合物在100%搅拌下在20到25℃保持36到38小时。The reaction mixture was maintained at 20 to 25°C for 36 to 38 hours with 100% stirring.

将反应混合物冷却到0到5℃。将混合物在该范围内保持1到2小时,然后过滤到另一个反应器中。将反应混合物用乙酸乙酯(20kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物冷却到0到5℃并且通过真空蒸馏浓缩到140到149L的量。The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C. The mixture was kept in this range for 1 to 2 hours, then filtered into another reactor. The reaction mixture was rinsed quickly with ethyl acetate (20 kg). The mixture was cooled to 0 to 5 °C and concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 140 to 149 L.

向反应器加入乙酸乙酯(731kg)并冷却到0到5℃。将溶液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到140到149L的量。检验反应混合物的残留的四氢呋喃。Ethyl acetate (731 kg) was charged to the reactor and cooled to 0 to 5°C. The solution was concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 140 to 149 L. The reaction mixture was checked for residual tetrahydrofuran.

向便携式搅拌不锈钢槽加入净化水(94kg)、碱粉(4.8kg)和碳酸氢钠(3.1kg)。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟,直到固体溶解。Purified water (94 kg), alkali powder (4.8 kg) and sodium bicarbonate (3.1 kg) were added to a portable stirring stainless steel tank. Stir the mixture for at least two minutes until the solids dissolve.

向反应器加入碱性溶液并将温度调节到20到25℃。将在60%搅拌保持20到60分钟。检查溶液的在60%以确保在60%为9.5到10,并且根据需要调节。分离两相溶液并将有机溶液用盐水(112kg)洗涤。The basic solution was added to the reactor and the temperature was adjusted to 20 to 25°C. Stirring was maintained at 60% for 20 to 60 minutes. Check the solution at 60% to make sure it is 9.5 to 10 at 60%, and adjust as necessary. The biphasic solution was separated and the organic solution was washed with brine (112 kg).

向反应器加入乙酸乙酯(87kg)并冷却到0到5℃。将溶液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到140到149L的量,并且冷却到-25到-20℃。在该温度保持10到11小时。Ethyl acetate (87 kg) was added to the reactor and cooled to 0 to 5°C. The solution was concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 140 to 149 L, and cooled to -25 to -20°C. Hold at this temperature for 10 to 11 hours.

将悬浮液过滤到反应器中,用乙酸乙酯(20kg)迅速漂洗并且升温到0到5℃。将滤液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到39到51L的量。The suspension was filtered into the reactor, rinsed rapidly with ethyl acetate (20 kg) and warmed to 0 to 5°C. The filtrate was concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 39 to 51 L.

向反应器加入乙醇1X(199kg)并冷却到0到5℃。将溶液通过真空蒸馏浓缩到136到161L的量。向反应器加入乙醇1X(93kg)并且检验混合物的残留的乙酸乙酯。Add ethanol 1X (199 kg) to the reactor and cool to 0 to 5°C. The solution was concentrated by vacuum distillation to an amount of 136 to 161 L. Ethanol 1X (93 kg) was added to the reactor and the mixture was checked for residual ethyl acetate.

向便携式储槽加入净化水(83L)和氢氧化钠(50%,5.6kg)。将转移设备用净化水(19kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将碱性溶液转移到反应器中并且在20到25℃保持1.5到3.5小时。将悬浮液过滤到反应器中并调节到20到25℃。将600L反应器用净化水(13kg)迅速漂洗。Purified water (83 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 5.6 kg) were charged to a portable storage tank. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (19 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The alkaline solution was transferred to the reactor and maintained at 20 to 25°C for 1.5 to 3.5 hours. The suspension was filtered into the reactor and adjusted to 20 to 25°C. The 600L reactor was quickly rinsed with purified water (13 kg).

向便携式储槽加入净化水(15L)和盐酸(31%,11.2kg)。将转移设备用净化水(5kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将酸性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到实现5.8到6.2的pH。Purified water (15 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 11.2 kg) were charged to a portable storage tank. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (5 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The acidic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a pH of 5.8 to 6.2 was achieved.

通过过滤分离粗产物,用净化水洗涤(2×26kg),用乙醇1X洗涤(2×26kg),干燥并包装。The crude product was isolated by filtration, washed with purified water (2 x 26 kg), washed with ethanol 1X (2 x 26 kg), dried and packaged.

将粗产物与净化水(根据计算)加入到反应器中。The crude product and purified water (according to calculation) were charged to the reactor.

向新的PE桶加入净化水(1.9L)和氢氧化钠(50%,5.3kg)。将转移设备用净化水(1.0kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。Purified water (1.9 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 5.3 kg) were added to a new PE bucket. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (1.0 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution.

使用碱性溶液(7.5kg)将反应混合物调节到最小13的pH。将混合物在20到25℃保持20到60分钟。The reaction mixture was adjusted to a minimum pH of 13 using alkaline solution (7.5 kg). The mixture is maintained at 20 to 25°C for 20 to 60 minutes.

将反应混合物过滤到反应器中,以便澄清。将反应器用净化水(10kg)迅速漂洗并且加入乙醇1X(根据计算)。The reaction mixture was filtered into the reactor for clarification. The reactor was rinsed quickly with purified water (10 kg) and ethanol was added 1X (according to calculation).

向便携式储槽加入净化水(14L)和盐酸(31%,9.6kg)。将转移设备用净化水(4kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将酸性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到获得4.0到4.5的pH。Purified water (14 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 9.6 kg) were charged to a portable storage tank. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (4 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The acidic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a pH of 4.0 to 4.5 was obtained.

向新的PE桶加入净化水(1.9L)和氢氧化钠(50%,0.3kg)。将转移设备用净化水(1.0kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将碱性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到获得5.8到6.2的pH。Purified water (1.9 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 0.3 kg) were added to a new PE bucket. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (1.0 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The basic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a pH of 5.8 to 6.2 was obtained.

检查混合物是否存在固体并将悬浮液在20到25℃保持至少12小时。The mixture was checked for solids and the suspension was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 12 hours.

通过过滤分离产物,首先用净化水洗涤(根据计算),然后用乙醇1X洗涤(根据计算),再次用净化水洗涤(根据计算)。将滤饼干燥并包装。The product was isolated by filtration, washed first with purified water (according to calculation), then with ethanol 1X (according to calculation), and again in purified water (according to calculation). The filter cake is dried and packaged.

将粗产物与净化水(根据计算)加入到反应器中。The crude product and purified water (according to calculation) were charged to the reactor.

向新的PE桶加入净化水(1.9L)和氢氧化钠(50%,5.3kg)。将转移设备用净化水(1.0kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将碱性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到得到最小13的pH。Purified water (1.9 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 5.3 kg) were added to a new PE bucket. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (1.0 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The basic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a minimum pH of 13 was obtained.

将混合物在20到25℃搅拌20到60分钟。将反应混合物过滤到另一个反应器中,以便澄清。将反应器用净化水(10kg)迅速漂洗。向反应器加入乙醇1X(根据计算)。The mixture was stirred at 20 to 25°C for 20 to 60 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered into another reactor for clarification. The reactor was rinsed quickly with purified water (10 kg). Add ethanol 1X (according to calculation) to the reactor.

向便携式储槽加入净化水(13.5L)和盐酸(31%,9.2kg)。将转移设备用净化水(3.9kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将酸性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到获得4.0到4.5的pH。Purified water (13.5 L) and hydrochloric acid (31%, 9.2 kg) were added to a portable storage tank. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (3.9 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The acidic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a pH of 4.0 to 4.5 was obtained.

向新的PE桶加入净化水(1.9L)和氢氧化钠(50%,0.3kg)。将转移设备用净化水(1.0kg)迅速漂洗。将混合物搅拌至少两分钟以形成溶液。将碱性溶液分批加入到反应器中直到获得5.8到6.2的pH。Purified water (1.9 L) and sodium hydroxide (50%, 0.3 kg) were added to a new PE bucket. The transfer equipment was rinsed quickly with purified water (1.0 kg). Stir the mixture for at least two minutes to form a solution. The basic solution was added to the reactor in portions until a pH of 5.8 to 6.2 was obtained.

检查混合物是否存在固体并将悬浮液在20到25℃保持至少12小时。The mixture was checked for solids and the suspension was maintained at 20 to 25°C for at least 12 hours.

通过过滤分离产物,首先用净化水洗涤(根据计算),然后用乙醇1X洗涤(根据计算),再次用净化水洗涤(根据计算)。将滤饼取样用于分析氯化物,干燥并将其包装。The product was isolated by filtration, washed first with purified water (according to calculation), then with ethanol 1X (according to calculation), and again in purified water (according to calculation). The filter cake was sampled for chloride analysis, dried and packaged.

向干燥器加入过度干燥的产物和净化水(2.0kg),用氮气吹扫并在室温下静置,直到实现具体的水合水平。The overdried product and purified water (2.0 kg) were added to the desiccator, purged with nitrogen and allowed to stand at room temperature until the specified level of hydration was achieved.

然后将水合产物包装并加入到50LL的产品混合器中。将产物混合二十到三十分钟并且取样干燥。将产物混合另外的二十到三十分钟并且重新取样。The hydrated product was then packaged and added to a 50 LL product mixer. The product was mixed for twenty to thirty minutes and sampled dry. The product was mixed for an additional twenty to thirty minutes and resampled.

然后将爱维莫潘包装,取样,检测:HPLC纯度不少于99.2%w/w;手性HPLC,不少于99.0%;HPLC测定,98.0到102.0%w/w;和残留溶剂不超过1.2%w/w总量,并且将其打开包装。Alvimopan was then packaged, sampled, and tested: HPLC purity not less than 99.2% w/w; chiral HPLC, not less than 99.0%; HPLC assay, 98.0 to 102.0% w/w; and residual solvent not more than 1.2 % w/w total amount, and unpack it.

实施例2:可注射制剂的评价(配制能力和稳定性试验)Example 2: Evaluation of Injectable Formulations (Formulaability and Stability Tests)

包含爱维莫潘的注射用制剂的制备Preparation of Injectable Formulations Containing Alvimopan

爱维莫潘为[[(25)-2-[[(3R,4R)-4-(3-羟基苯基)-3,4-二甲基哌啶-1-基]甲基]-1-氧代-3-苯基丙基]氨基]乙酸二水合物。将其以其自然的水合形式使用。爱维莫潘的所有的重量测量值和浓度都根据无水基础表示。Alvimopan is [[(25)-2-[[(3R,4R)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl]methyl]-1 -Oxo-3-phenylpropyl]amino]acetic acid dihydrate. Use it in its naturally hydrated form. All weight measurements and concentrations of Alvimopan are expressed on an anhydrous basis.

配合四个100ml批料的产品制剂:Product formulation with four 100ml batches:

制剂 preparation 描述 describe 1(比较用) 1 (for comparison) 爱维莫潘(1mg/ml),在2%甘氨酸(增量剂)中,pH10.5,用10N和1N氢氧化钠调节 Alvimopan (1 mg/ml) in 2% glycine (bulking agent), pH 10.5, adjusted with 10N and 1N sodium hydroxide 2(比较用) 2 (for comparison) 爱维莫潘(1mg/ml),在5%碳酸钠(缓冲剂)中,pH10.5,用1N盐酸调节 Alvimopan (1 mg/ml) in 5% sodium carbonate (buffer), pH 10.5, adjusted with 1N hydrochloric acid 3 3 爱维莫潘(1mg/ml),在具有50mM碳酸钠(缓冲剂)的3%甘露醇(增量剂)中,pH10.5,用1N盐酸调节 Alvimopan (1 mg/ml) in 3% mannitol (bulk) with 50 mM sodium carbonate (buffer), pH 10.5, adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid 4(比较用) 4 (for comparison) 爱维莫潘(1mg/ml),在具有50mM硼酸(缓冲剂)的3%甘露醇(增量剂)中,pH10.5,用1N氢氧化钠调节 Alvimopan (1 mg/ml) in 3% mannitol (extender) with 50 mM boric acid (buffer), pH 10.5, adjusted with 1 N sodium hydroxide

将缓冲剂和增量剂加入到80%的最终溶液体积中并且在加入活性成分(爱维莫潘)之前调节pH到10.5。然后将溶液再调整到pH10.5并且混合为透明溶液。然后使溶液达到最终容积并且将pH用1N氢氧化钠调节到pH10.5。将最终溶液无菌过滤。将12.5mL的等份小份分配到小瓶中,然后盖上塞子并且置于冷冻干燥器搁板上用于干燥。然后将制剂1到4冷冻干燥,同时将制剂如下捏合处理:Buffers and bulking agents were added to 80% of the final solution volume and the pH was adjusted to 10.5 prior to the addition of the active ingredient (Alvimopan). The solution was then readjusted to pH 10.5 and mixed to a clear solution. The solution was then brought to final volume and the pH was adjusted to pH 10.5 with 1 N sodium hydroxide. The final solution was sterile filtered. Aliquots of 12.5 mL were dispensed into vials, which were then capped and placed on lyophilizer shelves for drying. Formulations 1 to 4 were then freeze-dried while the formulations were kneaded as follows:

    步骤 steps  温度压力 temperature pressure  时间 time     1 1  设置为5℃±3℃ Set to 5℃±3℃     2 2  在5℃±3℃浸渍 Dipping at 5℃±3℃  至少60分钟 at least 60 minutes     3 3  斜面搁板温度达到-40℃±3℃ Inclined shelf temperature reaches -40℃±3℃  在约90分钟内 in about 90 minutes     4 4  在-40℃±3℃保持 Keep at -40℃±3℃  约120分钟 about 120 minutes     5 5  斜面搁板温度达到-20℃±3℃ Inclined shelf temperature reaches -20°C±3°C  在约60分钟内 in about 60 minutes     6 6  在-20℃±3℃保持 Keep at -20℃±3℃  约120分钟内 within about 120 minutes     7 7  斜面搁板温度达到-40℃±3℃ Inclined shelf temperature reaches -40℃±3℃  在约60分钟内 in about 60 minutes     8 8  在-40℃±3℃保持 Keep at -40℃±3℃  约120分钟内 within about 120 minutes     9 9  冷冻冷凝器到-50℃或更低并将室抽空 Freeze the condenser to -50°C or lower and evacuate the chamber     10 10  用氮气吹扫控制真空在100±10微米 Use nitrogen purge to control the vacuum at 100±10 microns     11 11  斜面搁板温度达到-15℃±3℃ Inclined shelf temperature reaches -15°C±3°C  在约50分钟内 in about 50 minutes     12 12  在-15℃±3℃保持 Keep at -15℃±3℃  约3000分钟内 Within about 3000 minutes     13 13  斜面搁板温度达到-30℃±3℃ Inclined shelf temperature reaches -30℃±3℃  在约90分钟内 in about 90 minutes     14 14  在循环结束时,用氮气N.F.使室缓慢恢复到11±0.5磅/平方英寸,过滤通过杀死微生物的保持性过滤器 At the end of the cycle, slowly return the chamber to 11 ± 0.5 psi with nitrogen N.F., filter through a retentive filter that kills microorganisms     15 15  折叠隔板使塞子就位 Fold the divider to keep the plug in place     16 16  使室恢复到环境压力 Return chamber to ambient pressure

冷冻干燥和捏合处理的结果如下所示:The results of the freeze-drying and kneading treatments are shown below:

制剂 preparation 结果 result 1(比较用) 1 (for comparison) 严重熔化的产物 product of severe melting 2(比较用) 2 (for comparison) 均匀的饼,但在水中重新组构时有轻微浑浊 Uniform cake, but slightly cloudy when reconstituted in water 3 3 具有约填充体积和均匀白色的均匀的饼;用12.2ml注射用水或注射用氯化钠重新组构产生澄清的无色的溶液,在视觉检查时没有发现粒子(重新组构之后的pH为10.6-10.7) Uniform cake with approximately fill volume and uniform white color; reconstitution with 12.2 ml of water for injection or sodium chloride for injection yielded a clear colorless solution with no particles found on visual inspection (pH 10.6 after reconstitution -10.7) 4(比较用) 4 (for comparison) 塌陷并且缩小的饼 collapsed and shrunken pie

制剂3产生看起来物理上稳定的并且在注射用水或氯化钠中容易以1mg/mL重新组构的冷冻干燥产品。Formulation 3 resulted in a lyophilized product that appeared to be physically stable and readily reconstituted at 1 mg/mL in water for injection or sodium chloride.

实施例3:生物利用度试验Embodiment 3: bioavailability test

制备包含爱维莫潘的以下制剂,用于比较不同剂型(口服胶囊、口服溶液和静脉内注射液)的生物利用度。The following formulations containing Alvimopan were prepared to compare the bioavailability of different dosage forms (oral capsule, oral solution and intravenous solution).

口服胶囊oral capsule

口服胶囊(6mg)包含爱维莫潘在聚乙二醇(PEG;分子量3350)中的均匀分散的悬浮液。根据分析证明,测定胶囊的实际含量为5.868mg(6mg的97.8%)。Oral capsules (6 mg) contain a homogeneously dispersed suspension of alvimopan in polyethylene glycol (PEG; molecular weight 3350). As evidenced by the analysis, the actual content of the capsule was determined to be 5.868 mg (97.8% of 6 mg).

口服溶液oral solution

口服溶液包含爱维莫潘、丙二醇(USP)、橙混合饮料、和净化水(USP)。单位剂量的口服溶液每50mL包含12mg爱维莫潘(0.24mg/mL)。根据分析证明,测定口服溶液的实际含量为11.868mg(12mg的98.9%)。The oral solution contains Alvimopan, propylene glycol (USP), orange drink mix, and purified water (USP). The unit dose of oral solution contains 12 mg of alvimopan per 50 mL (0.24 mg/mL). According to the analysis certificate, the actual content of the oral solution was determined to be 11.868 mg (98.9% of 12 mg).

静脉内制剂Intravenous preparations

注射用制剂被配制为包含12.5mg爱维莫潘(无溶剂、无水的碱)与甘露醇(USP)、和无水碳酸钠(NG)的冷冻干燥粉末。氢氧化钠(NP)和盐酸(NF)用于在冻干形成冷冻干燥粉末之前调节pH。在向冷冻干燥粉末中加入12.2ml注射用氯化钠之后,重新组构的溶液包含11mg/mL。该产物储存在12mg的小瓶中。根据分析证明,测定静脉内制剂的实际含量为11.928mg(12mg的99.4%)。The formulation for injection is formulated as a freeze-dried powder comprising 12.5 mg of Alvimopan (solvent-free, anhydrous base) with mannitol (USP), and anhydrous sodium carbonate (NG). Sodium hydroxide (NP) and hydrochloric acid (NF) were used to adjust the pH prior to lyophilization to form a lyophilized powder. After adding 12.2 ml of Sodium Chloride for Injection to the lyophilized powder, the reconstituted solution contained 11 mg/mL. The product is stored in 12 mg vials. The actual content of the intravenous formulation was determined to be 11.928 mg (99.4% of 12 mg) as evidenced by analysis.

在三个周期的过程中评价生物利用度,口服胶囊制剂对口服溶液的爱维莫潘的相对生物利用度的交叉研究,和口服胶囊制剂对静脉内制剂的爱维莫潘的绝对生物利用度的交叉研究。Evaluation of Bioavailability, Crossover Study of Relative Bioavailability of Alvimopan Oral Capsule Formulation to Oral Solution Alvimopan, and Absolute Bioavailability of Oral Capsule Formulation vs. cross study.

将三十六名主体分为在各自程序中有相等数量的男性和女性主体,并且在研究中各个性别人数近似相等。主体在三个单独的时机接受单一剂量的爱维莫潘(三个周期中每一个周期的第一天),从各个周期的剂量给药的日子开始经历最少14天的清除(washout)。每名主体在三个周期的每一个周期中(每个周期一种制剂)接受单独的12mg口服胶囊剂量(2×6mg胶囊)、单独的12mg口服溶液剂量和单独的12mg静脉内剂量。每个周期包括单独的爱维莫潘剂量和5天的研究评价。主体接受每个单一剂量制剂的顺序由处理顺序决定,对于主体来说是随机的。六个处理顺序中的一个可能通过随机日程表决定。Thirty-six subjects were divided into equal numbers of male and female subjects in the respective procedures and approximately equal numbers of each sex in the study. Subjects received a single dose of Alvimopan on three separate occasions (Day 1 of each of the three cycles) with a minimum washout of 14 days from the day of dosing for each cycle. Each subject received a single 12 mg oral capsule dose (2 x 6 mg capsules), a single 12 mg oral solution dose, and a single 12 mg intravenous dose in each of three cycles (one formulation per cycle). Each cycle consisted of individual Alvimopan doses and 5-day study evaluations. The order in which subjects received each single dose formulation was determined by order of treatment and was randomized for the subjects. One of six processing orders may be determined by a random schedule.

主体在每次给用测试药物之前禁食(NPO)至少10小时,并且在给用测试药物之后保持NPO1小时。在每次给用测试药物之前和在给用测试药物之后96小时的过程中的给定时间点收集用于爱维莫潘药代动力学分析的血样,根据是否给用口服剂型(即,胶囊或口服溶液)或静脉内制剂而定。在研究过程中从每名主体得到总共约460mL血液。对于每个周期,主体被限制在临床机构内,直到所有的3天过程结束。然后要求主体在第4天和5天回到临床机构,分别进行72小时和96小时的血样收集。Subjects fasted (NPO) for at least 10 hours before each test drug administration and remained NPO for 1 hour after test drug administration. Blood samples for Alvimopan pharmacokinetic analysis were collected before each test drug dose and at given time points during the 96 hours after test drug dose, depending on whether or not an oral dosage form (i.e., capsule or oral solution) or intravenous formulation. A total of approximately 460 mL of blood was obtained from each subject during the study. For each cycle, subjects were confined to the clinical facility until completion of all 3-day sessions. Subjects were then asked to return to the clinical facility on days 4 and 5 for 72-hour and 96-hour blood sample collections, respectively.

样本收集sample collection

在相对于剂量给药口服制剂的以下时间将血样(7mL)抽到包括含肝素钠的管中:0小时(在剂量给药之前的15分钟内)、和在剂量给药之后的0.5、1、1.5、2、3、4、6、9、12、18、24、36、48、72和96小时。对于静脉内溶液,除了得自上述的那些样本之外,在输注开始之后的0.2小时(输注结束时)、0.25、0.33、和0.75小时抽取四个另外的样本。在收集每个样本之后,立即将每个管轻轻地倒转并置于冰中。在样本收集的30分钟内,将管在约5℃下在约1200xg下离心15分钟,用于从血浆分离出细胞。不使用分离助剂。血浆用洁净移液管转移并以相等的体积置于两个聚丙烯存储管中。为存储管标记以下信息:规程编号、主体编号、周期编号、取样的相对时间和被分析物。将标记用透明带包裹以确保标记附着。在运输之前,将存储管置于70℃或更低温度的冷冻器中。将样本冷冻送往分析机构并且在分析之前保持冷冻。Blood samples (7 mL) were drawn into tubes containing sodium heparin at the following times relative to dosing the oral formulation: 0 hours (within 15 minutes prior to dosing), and 0.5, 1 , 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 72 and 96 hours. For the intravenous solution, in addition to those samples obtained from above, four additional samples were drawn at 0.2 hours (end of infusion), 0.25, 0.33, and 0.75 hours after the start of the infusion. Immediately after each sample was collected, each tube was gently inverted and placed on ice. Within 30 minutes of sample collection, the tubes were centrifuged at about 1200 xg for 15 minutes at about 5°C to separate the cells from the plasma. No separation aids are used. Plasma was transferred with clean pipettes and placed in two polypropylene storage tubes in equal volumes. Label the storage tube with the following information: protocol number, body number, cycle number, relative time of sampling and analyte. Wrap the marker with clear tape to ensure marker adherence. Prior to shipping, place storage tubes in a freezer at 70°C or below. Samples are sent frozen to the analytical facility and kept frozen until analyzed.

生物分析方法bioanalytical method

使用确认的和灵敏的LC/MS/MS(液相色谱/质谱/质谱)方法测定血浆样本的爱维莫潘浓度。测定使用固相提取工艺,用于从血浆提取爱维莫潘、其代谢物和内标。将溶剂蒸发并将残余物溶解于溶剂,将其一部分注射到液相色谱系统中。通过使用SCIEX API 3000质谱仪通过MS/MS(质谱/质谱)进行检测。在每次运行中包括标定曲线和质量控制样本。两种被分析物的测定范围为0.25ng/mL到250ng/mL,两种被分析物的定量限度为0.25ng/mL。在每个分析运行中包括三个浓度的质量控制标准(低的为0.75ng/mL;中间的为25ng/mL;和高的为175ng/mL)。由于得自静脉内溶液的高浓度,增加另一个标准(800ng/mL)。以偏离系数(%CV)表示的批内精密度,对于较低的质量控制标准,爱维莫潘为12.9%;对于以平均与理论的偏差%(%DMT)表示的批内精确度,爱维莫潘为1.2%。Alvimopan concentrations in plasma samples were determined using a validated and sensitive LC/MS/MS (liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry) method. The assay uses a solid-phase extraction process for the extraction of alvimopan, its metabolites, and internal standards from plasma. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in solvent, a portion of which was injected into the liquid chromatography system. Detection was performed by MS/MS (mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry) using a SCIEX API 3000(R) mass spectrometer. Include calibration curves and quality control samples in each run. The assay range for both analytes was 0.25 ng/mL to 250 ng/mL, and the limit of quantitation for both analytes was 0.25 ng/mL. Three concentrations of quality control standards (low at 0.75 ng/mL; middle at 25 ng/mL; and high at 175 ng/mL) were included in each analytical run. Another standard (800 ng/mL) was added due to the high concentration obtained from the intravenous solution. The intra-assay precision, expressed as the coefficient of deviation (%CV), was 12.9% for Alvimopan for the lower quality control standard; Vimopan at 1.2%.

药代动力学测量Pharmacokinetic Measurements

将血浆中的爱维莫潘浓度输入到电子数据表中。在电子数据表数据作为输入文件适合相容性之后,将信息用WinNonlinProfessional(Version3.3)处理,以得到药代动力学变量和产生浓度-时间曲线和表。使用WinNonlin Validation Kit(Version3.3)验证WinNonlin程序。使用具有血管外输入的非室型Model200得到口服治疗过程中爱维莫潘的药代动力学变量。使用具有恒定输注速率的非室型Model202分析静脉内给药之后爱维莫潘的血浆浓度。对于所有的主体,输注时间为12分钟。Enter the Alvimopan concentration in plasma into the spreadsheet. After the spreadsheet data was adapted for compatibility as an input file, the information was processed with WinNonlin(R) Professional (Version 3.3) to obtain pharmacokinetic variables and generate concentration-time curves and tables. Use WinNonlin Validation Kit (Version3.3) to verify the WinNonlin program. Pharmacokinetic variables of alvimopan during oral treatment were obtained using a non-compartmental Model200 with extravascular infusion. Plasma concentrations of alvimopan following intravenous administration were analyzed using a non-compartmental Model202 with a constant infusion rate. For all subjects, the infusion time was 12 minutes.

对于爱维莫潘的药代动力学分析使用标准取样时间,取样时间与预定时间的任何偏差都被认为不是显著的。以低于定量限度(BLQ)报导的浓度值作为0处理,用于计算平均浓度和浓度-时间曲线。Standard sampling times were used for the pharmacokinetic analysis of alvimopan, and any deviations in sampling times from the scheduled times were considered not significant. Concentration values reported below the limit of quantitation (BLQ) were treated as zero for calculation of mean concentrations and concentration-time curves.

对于爱维莫潘的药代动力学分析,在输入文件中包括BLQ结果。直接使用报导的血浆浓度,但是得到BLQ结果之后观察的可测量浓度被从分析排除。For the pharmacokinetic analysis of alvimopan, include BLQ results in the input file. Reported plasma concentrations were used directly, but measurable concentrations observed after BLQ results were obtained were excluded from the analysis.

从WinNonlin输出文件得到爱维莫潘的以下药代动力学参数:The following pharmacokinetic parameters for alvimopan were obtained from the WinNonlin output file:

·Cmax            观察到的血浆药物浓度的最大值Cmax The maximum observed plasma drug concentration

·Cp              给定时间点的血浆药物浓度· Cp Plasma drug concentration at a given time point

·Tmax            达到最大血浆药物浓度的时间,从浓度-时间数据直接得到·Tmax Time to reach maximum plasma drug concentration, obtained directly from concentration-time data

·tλz          处置阶段的终了部分的半衰期tλz Half-life of the final part of the disposal phase

·AUC(0-t最后)    从0时间到最后一个可测量浓度时间的血浆药物浓度-时间曲线下的面积AUC(0- tlast ) is the area under the plasma drug concentration-time curve from time 0 to the time of the last measurable concentration

·AUC(0-∞)       从0时间到无穷大时间的血浆药物浓度-时间曲线下的面积AUC(0-∞) The area under the plasma drug concentration-time curve from time 0 to time infinity

·CL              总的身体血浆清除率(mL/min和mL/min/kg),只用于I.V.制剂。CL Total body plasma clearance (mL/min and mL/min/kg), for I.V. preparations only.

·Vss             稳态表观分布容积(L和L/kg),只用于I.V.制剂Vss Apparent volume of distribution at steady state (L and L/kg), only for I.V. preparations

·CL/F            表观口服清除率(mL/min和mL/min/kg),用于口服制剂CL/F apparent oral clearance (mL/min and mL/min/kg) for oral formulations

·Vz/F            表观口服分布容积(L和L/kg),用于口服制剂Vz/F Apparent oral volume of distribution (L and L/kg) for oral formulations

·Vz              末期指数阶段过程中的表观口服分布容积(L和L/kg),只用于I.V.制剂Vz Apparent oral volume of distribution (L and L/kg) during the terminal exponential phase, for I.V. formulations only

·CLβ            血液清除率(mL/min),只用于I.V.制剂CL β blood clearance (mL/min), only for IV preparations

·Tlag            从0小时到第一个可测量浓度的时间Tlag Time from 0 hours to first measurable concentration

·临床相关tβ  基于表不第一个处置的阶段手动选择的时间点的血浆药物浓度-时间曲线的临床相关部分的处置阶段的半衰期(参见下文)Clinically relevant tβ is based on the half-life of the disposition phase of the clinically relevant portion of the plasma drug concentration-time curve representing the manually selected time point of the first disposition phase (see below)

·AUC(0-∞)’    描述血浆药物浓度-时间曲线的临床相关部分的从0时间到无穷大时间的血浆药物浓度-时间曲线下的面积AUC(0-∞)' describes the area under the plasma drug concentration-time curve from time 0 to infinity for the clinically relevant portion of the plasma drug concentration-time curve

·AUC比          AUC(0-∞)′/AUC(0-∞)AUC ratio AUC(0-∞)′/AUC(0-∞)

为了计算临床相关tβ,使用用于判断λz的手动选择范围用WinNonlin进行数据的第二个非室型模拟。通过确定不是第二和更后处置阶段的一部分的时间点选择范围。为了测定这个第二个模拟是否相关,从爱维莫潘的第1天数据计算AUC(0-∞)′/AUC(0-∞)。如果比值的平均值≥85%,则认为AUC(0-∞)′是AUC(0-∞)的临床相关部分。临床相关tβ也基于这个使用手动选择范围的第二个模拟。To calculate clinically relevant tβ, a second noncompartmental simulation of the data was performed with WinNonlin using manually selected ranges for judging λz. The range was selected by identifying time points that were not part of the second and later treatment phases. To determine whether this second simulation was relevant, AUC(0-∞)'/AUC(0-∞) was calculated from Alvimopan's Day 1 data. AUC(0-∞)' was considered a clinically relevant fraction of AUC(0-∞) if the mean of the ratios was > 85%. Clinically relevant tβ was also based on this second simulation using manually selected ranges.

为了测定相对和绝对生物利用度,计算特定AUC比。对于相对生物利用度,将口服胶囊作为试验(Test),将口服溶液作为参考(Reference)。对于绝对生物利用度,口服给药制剂作为试验(Test),而I.V.制剂作为参考(Reference)。使用AUC(0-t最后)和AUC(0-∞)计算AUC比(和95%置信区间)。主要考虑AUC(0-∞)。计算源自于方差分析(ANOVA)的最小均方平均值(LS平均值)。然后将两个比较用处理的LS平均值的差转化为原始刻度以得到生物利用度比。计算以下比值用于测定相对和绝对生物利用度:To determine relative and absolute bioavailability, specific AUC ratios were calculated. For relative bioavailability, the oral capsule was used as a test (Test), and the oral solution was used as a reference (Reference). For absolute bioavailability, the oral administration formulation was used as a test (Test), while the IV formulation was used as a reference (Reference). AUC ratios (and 95% confidence intervals) were calculated using AUC(0- tlast ) and AUC(0-∞). Mainly consider AUC(0-∞). Calculation of least square means (LS means) derived from analysis of variance (ANOVA). The difference in the LS means of the two comparative treatments was then converted to raw scale to obtain the bioavailability ratio. The following ratios were calculated for the determination of relative and absolute bioavailability:

·相对生物利用度:口服胶囊(试验)对口服溶液(参考)Relative bioavailability: oral capsule (test) vs oral solution (reference)

·绝对生物利用度:口服胶囊(试验)对I.V.制剂(参考)· Absolute bioavailability: oral capsule (test) versus I.V. formulation (reference)

                  口服溶液(试验)对I.V.制剂(参考)Oral solution (test) vs. I.V. formulation (reference)

AUC(0-∞)试验AUC(0-∞) test

AUC(0-∞)参考AUC(0-∞) reference

AUC(0-t最后)试验AUC(0-t last ) test

AUC(0-t最后)参考AUC(0-t last ) reference

使用以下方程式计算静脉内给药后的总血液清除率(CLβ):Total blood clearance (CL β ) following intravenous administration was calculated using the following equation:

CLB=CL*(Cp/Cβ)CLB=CL*(Cp/Cβ)

其中:CL为I.V.给药之后的几何平均数CL(ml/min),Cp/Cβ是0.68的血液:血浆分布比值的倒数(即,Cp=1;Cβ=0.68)。Where: CL is the geometric mean CL (ml/min) after IV administration, and Cp/Cβ is the reciprocal of the blood:plasma distribution ratio of 0.68 (ie, Cp = 1; = 0.68).

结果如以下表中所示:The results are shown in the following table:

在给用单一剂量的口服胶囊爱维莫潘12mg(2×6mg胶囊)、单一剂量的包含爱维莫潘12mg的口服溶液(0.24mg/mL)、和单一剂量的包含爱维莫潘12mg的静脉内制剂(1mg/mL)之后的爱维莫潘的药代动力学参数总结After administration of a single dose of alvimopan 12 mg in oral capsules (2 x 6 mg capsules), a single dose of oral solution (0.24 mg/mL) containing alvimopan 12 mg, and a single dose of Summary of Pharmacokinetic Parameters of Alvimopan Following Intravenous Formulation (1 mg/mL)

                                       爱维莫潘12mg Avimopan 12mg   参数 parameters   口服胶囊N=30 Oral capsule N=30   口服溶液N=30 Oral solution N=30   I.V.制剂N=30 I.V. Preparation N=30   Cmax(ng/mL)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均 Cmax (ng/mL) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 9.49±5.72(60.2)7.669.49±5.72(60.2)7.66 21.81±9.99(45.8)19.9921.81±9.99(45.8)19.99 1017±275(27.0)9811017±275(27.0)981   Tmax(hr)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值中值(最小,最大) Tmax (hr) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean median (minimum, maximum) 2.0±0.7(35.2)1.82.0(1.0,4.0)2.0±0.7(35.2)1.82.0(1.0,4.0) 1.4±0.6(45.5)1.31.0(0.5,3.0)1.4±0.6(45.5)1.31.0(0.5,3.0) 0.2±0.0(7.4)0.20.2(0.2,0.25)0.2±0.0(7.4)0.20.2(0.2,0.25)   tλz(hr)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 tλz (hr) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 6.2±6.7(108.5)3.96.2±6.7(108.5)3.9 5.5±4.4(81.0)4.45.5±4.4(81.0)4.4 5.3±3.8(72.5)4.25.3±3.8(72.5)4.2   临床相关t(hr)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 Clinically relevant t(hr) mean ± SD (%CV) geometric mean 1.6±0.6(39.6)1.51.6±0.6(39.6)1.5 1.7±0.7(38.4)1.61.7±0.7(38.4)1.6 3.0±2.3(79.0)2.43.0±2.3(79.0)2.4   AUC(0-t最后)(hr*ng/mL)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值AUC (0-t last ) (hr * ng/mL) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 34.3±19.7(57.5)27.334.3±19.7(57.5)27.3 77.7±35.3(45.4)70.577.7±35.3(45.4)70.5 520.0±121.9(23.5)507.1520.0±121.9(23.5)507.1   AUC(0-∞)(hr*ng/mL)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值AUC (0-∞) (hr * ng/mL) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 37.4±21.2(56.6)30.237.4±21.2(56.6)30.2 80.7±36.7(45.5)73.280.7±36.7(45.5)73.2 522.5±122.4(23.4)509.5522.5±122.4(23.4)509.5

  Vss(L)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 Vss (L) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 30±10(34.4)2930±10(34.4)29   Vss(L/kg)a平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值Vss (L/kg) a mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 0.43±0.19(43.5)0.400.43±0.19(43.5)0.40   Vz(L)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 Vz (L) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 173±122(70.5)143173±122(70.5)143   Vz(L/kg)a平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值Vz (L/kg) a mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 2.51±2.11(84.0)1.992.51±2.11(84.0)1.99   Vz/F(L)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 Vz/F (L) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 3071±2813(91.6)22263071±2813(91.6)2226 1219±771(63.3)10311219±771(63.3)1031 ----   CL(mL/min)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 CL (mL/min) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 402±89(22.1)393402±89(22.1)393   CL(mL/min/kg)a平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值CL (mL/min/kg) a mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean ---- ---- 5.62±1.30(23.2)5.475.62±1.30(23.2)5.47   CL/F(mL/min)平均值±SD(%CV)几何平均值 CL/F (mL/min) mean ± SD (% CV) geometric mean 8809±7579(86.0)66148809±7579(86.0)6614 3014±1423(47.2)27313014±1423(47.2)2731 ----

a数值对体重归一化。 a Values are normalized to body weight.

口服胶囊和口服溶液的爱维莫潘的绝对生物利用度分别为6.0%(95%置信区间:4.7-7.7%)和14.3%(95%置信区间:11.1-18.3%)。爱维莫潘的胶囊相对于其口服溶液的生物利用度为41.9%(95%置信区间:32.6-53.7%)。爱维莫潘的静脉内制剂产生比口服胶囊和口服溶液提供的系统暴露分别高6倍和14倍的系统暴露。The absolute bioavailability of alvimopan for oral capsules and oral solution was 6.0% (95% confidence interval: 4.7-7.7%) and 14.3% (95% confidence interval: 11.1-18.3%), respectively. The bioavailability of Alvimopan's capsules relative to its oral solution was 41.9% (95% confidence interval: 32.6-53.7%). The intravenous formulation of Alvimopan produced systemic exposures 6-fold and 14-fold higher than those provided by oral capsules and oral solution, respectively.

当在本文中使用表示物理性质如分子量或化学性质如化学式的范围时,意在包括在该范围内的具体实施方案的所有组合和再组合。When a range expressing a physical property such as molecular weight or a chemical property such as a chemical formula is used herein, all combinations and subcombinations of the specific embodiments within that range are intended to be included.

本文中引用或描述的各个专利、专利申请、和公开因此被全文并入本文作为参考。Each patent, patent application, and publication cited or described herein is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

本领域技术人员应该理解,可对本发明的优选实施方案进行许多的改变和改进,并且可以进行这种改变和改进而不脱离本发明的精神实质。因此,权利要求覆盖所有这些落在本发明真正的精神实质和范围内的等价变体。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that many changes and modifications can be made to the preferred embodiments of the present invention and that such changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention. Accordingly, the claims cover all such equivalents as fall within the true spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims (102)

1. may further comprise the steps the method for a and b:
A., composition is provided, and said composition comprises:
(i) the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of at least a formula I compound:
Wherein:
R 1Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 2Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
R 3Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 4Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
A is OR 5Or NR 6R 7
R 5Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 6Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 7The B that alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 6And R 7Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
B is
C (=O) W or NR 8R 9
R 8Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 9The alkyl, aryl or the aralkyl that replace for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, or R 8And R 9Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
W is OR 10, NR 11R 12Or OE;
R 10Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 11Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 12C (=O) the Y, or R that alkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group replaces 11And R 12Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
E is
Figure A2005800179490003C1
(C=O) D that alkylidene replaces or-R 13OC (=O) R 14
R 13Alkylidene for the alkyl replacement;
R 14Be alkyl;
D is OR 15Or NR 16R 17
R 15Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 16Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted or the alkyl of cycloalkenyl group replacement;
R 17Be hydrogen or alkyl, or R 16And R 17Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
Y is OR 18Or NR 19R 20
R 18Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 19Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 20Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 19And R 20Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
R 21Be hydrogen or alkyl;
With n be 0 to 4;
The (ii) incremental agent of at least a crystallization;
(iii) at least a weak base; With
(iv) water;
Wherein said composition has the initial pH at least about 10.5; With
B. the pH that regulates described composition arrives the final pH that arrive in about 11 scopes about 9;
Wherein, to patient's administration the time, described composition has the dissolution rate and the bioavilability of the improvement that is used for oral or parenterai administration.
2. the method for claim 1, it comprises that in addition dry described composition is to remove the described water of at least a portion to form the partially or completely step of dry products.
3. the method for claim 2, it comprises in addition by described dry products and pharmaceutically useful solvent are combined to form the solution of described dry products and organizes the step of the described dry products of structure again.
4. the process of claim 1 wherein that the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of described at least a formula I compound forms on the spot.
5. the process of claim 1 wherein that the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of described formula I compound is formed by the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of weak base.
6. the method for claim 5, wherein said weak base adds to be at least about equimolar amount with respect to described formula I compound.
7. the process of claim 1 wherein that initial pH is at least about 11.
8. the process of claim 1 wherein that final pH arrives in about 10.5 the scope about 9.5.
9. the process of claim 1 wherein that described composition makes by the compound that at first the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of described incremental agent and described weak base is mixed, adds then described formula I in water in described mixture.
10. the process of claim 1 wherein that described composition makes by the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of the compound of described formula I, described incremental agent and described weak base is mixed basically simultaneously in water.
11. the process of claim 1 wherein that described pharmaceutically acceptable metal is sodium, calcium, magnesium or its combination.
12. the method for claim 11, wherein said pharmaceutically acceptable metal is a sodium.
13. the process of claim 1 wherein that described weak base is bicarbonate or carbonate.
14. the process of claim 1 wherein that described weak base is carbonate.
15. the method for claim 2, wherein said composition is mediated in described drying steps process.
16. the method for claim 2, wherein said drying steps comprises the technology that is selected from freeze drying, atomized drying, vacuum drying and combination thereof.
17. the method for claim 16, wherein said technology are freeze drying.
18. being lower than under environmental condition in about five minutes, the method for claim 3, wherein said solution form.
19. being lower than under environmental condition in about one minute, the method for claim 3, wherein said solution form.
20. being lower than under environmental condition in about 30 seconds, the method for claim 3, wherein said solution form.
21. the method for claim 3, wherein said pharmaceutically useful solvent is moisture.
22. the method for claim 21, wherein said pharmaceutically useful solvent is water, isotonic sodium chlorrde solution, ringer's solution, dextrose solution or Lactated Ringer'S Solution.
23. the method for claim 3, it comprises the step of the described solution of described dry products being given usefulness to the patient in addition.
24. the method for claim 23, wherein said giving with step carried out before operation.
25. the method for claim 23 is wherein said to being carried out in surgical procedure with step.
26. the method for claim 23, wherein said giving with step carried out under the situation that does not have operation.
27. the method for claim 23 is wherein said to being undertaken by non-oral route with step.
28. the method for claim 27 is wherein said to being undertaken by injection with step.
29. the method for claim 28, wherein said injection are hypodermic injection, intramuscular injection or intravenous injection.
30. the process of claim 1 wherein that the compound of formula I is trans 3, the 4-isomer.
31. the process of claim 1 wherein:
R 1Be hydrogen;
R 2Be alkyl;
N is 1 or 2;
R 3Be benzyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexyl methyl; With
R 4Be alkyl.
32. the process of claim 1 wherein:
A is OR 5With
R 5Be hydrogen or alkyl.
33. the process of claim 1 wherein:
A is NR 6R 7
R 6Be hydrogen;
R 7B for the alkylidene replacement; With
B is C (O) W.
34. the process of claim 1 wherein:
R 7Be (CH 2) q-B;
Q is about 1 to about 3;
W is OR 10With
R 10The alkyl of alkyl, cycloalkyl or the cycloalkyl substituted that replaces for hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl.
35. the process of claim 1 wherein:
W is NR 11R 12
R 11Be hydrogen or alkyl; With
R 12The C that replaces for hydrogen, alkyl or alkylidene (=O) Y.
36. the process of claim 1 wherein:
R 12Be (CH 2) mC (O) Y;
M is 1 to 3;
Y is OR 18Or NR 19R 20With
R 18, R 19And R 20Be hydrogen or alkyl independently.
37. the process of claim 1 wherein:
W is OE;
E is CH 2C (=O) D;
D is OR 15Or NR 16R 17
R 15Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 16Be methyl or benzyl; With
R 17Be hydrogen.
38. the process of claim 1 wherein:
W is OE;
E is R 13OC (=O) R 14
R 13For-CH (CH 3)-or-CH (CH 2CH 3-; With
R 14Be alkyl.
39. the process of claim 1 wherein 3 of piperidine ring and 4 s' the configuration R type of respectively doing for oneself.
40. the process of claim 1 wherein that described compound is selected from:
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 5))C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH 2
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NH 2
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NHCH 3
G-NHCH 2C(O)NH 2
G-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
G-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)OCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)NHCH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NH 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NH 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)N(CH 3) 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH(CH 3) 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OCH 2(C 6H 5),
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
Z-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)NHCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2C(O)OCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)O(CH 2) 4CH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C (O) O-(4-methoxyl group cyclohexyl),
Z-NHCH 2C (O) OCH 2C (O) NHCH 2(C 6H 5) and
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH(CH 3)OC(O)CH 3
Wherein: Q represents
G represents
With
Z represents
Figure A2005800179490010C3
41. the method for claim 40, wherein said chemical combination is selected from:
(3R,4R,S)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(+)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
(-)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
(3R,4R,R)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)-OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3S,4S,S)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3S,4S,R)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3R, 4R)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) NHCH 2(C 6H 5) and
(3R,4R)-G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)OH。
42. the method for claim 41, wherein said compound is selected from (+)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH and (-)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH.
43. the method for claim 42, wherein said compound are (+)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH.
44. the method for claim 43, wherein said compound are Q-CH 2CH (CH 2(C 6H 5)) C (O) OH.
45. the method for claim 44, wherein said compound be (3R, 4R, S)-Q-CH 2CH (CH 2(C 6H 5)) C (O) OH.
46. the process of claim 1 wherein that described compound is pure basically stereoisomer.
47. the process of claim 1 wherein that described incremental agent is a polyalcohol.
48. the method for claim 47, wherein said polyalcohol are carbohydrate or sugar alcohol.
49. the method for claim 48, wherein said carbohydrate are sucrose, trehalose, lactose, maltose or its mixture.
50. the method for claim 48, wherein said sugar alcohol are mannitol, xylitol, erythrite, lactitol, isomalt, polyalditol, maltitol or its mixture.
51. the method for claim 50, wherein said sugar alcohol are mannitol.
52. the process of claim 1 wherein that described composition comprises at least a opioid in addition.
53. the method for claim 52, wherein said opioid is selected from alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, dezocine, Dihydrocodeine, fentanyl, hydrocodone, Hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine(pethidine), methadone, morphine, Nalbuphine, Oxycodone, Oxymorphone, pentazocine, propiram, dextropropoxyphene, sufentanil, tramadol and composition thereof.
54. pass through the product that the method for claim 1 is produced.
55. pass through the product that the method for claim 2 is produced.
56. having, the product of claim 55, wherein said product be lower than about 1.0g/cm 3Density.
57. pass through the product that the method for claim 3 is produced.
58. composition, it comprises:
The pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of a. at least a formula I compound:
Wherein:
R 1Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 2Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
R 3Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 4Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
A is OR 5Or NR 6R 7
R 5Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 6Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 7The B that alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 6And R 7Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
B is
Figure A2005800179490013C1
C (=O) W or NR 8R 9
R 8Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 9The alkyl, aryl or the aralkyl that replace for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, or R 8And R 9Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
W is OR 10, NR 11R 12Or OE;
R 10Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 11Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 12C (=O) the Y, or R that alkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group replaces 11And R 12Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
E is
(C=O) D that alkylidene replaces or-R 13OC (=O) R 14
R 13Alkylidene for the alkyl replacement;
R 14Be alkyl;
D is OR 15Or NR 16R 17
R 15Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 16Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted or the alkyl of cycloalkenyl group replacement;
R 17Be hydrogen or alkyl, or R 16And R 17Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
Y is OR 18Or NR 19R 20
R 18Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 19Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 20Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 19And R 20Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
R 21Be hydrogen or alkyl;
With n be 0 to 4;
B. the incremental agent of at least a crystallization;
Wherein said composition has and is lower than about 1.0g/cm 3Density;
Wherein, to patient's administration the time, described composition has the dissolution rate and the bioavilability of the improvement that is used for oral or parenterai administration.
59. having, the composition of claim 58, wherein said composition be lower than about 0.5g/cm 3Density.
60. composition, it comprises:
The pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of a. at least a formula I compound:
Wherein:
R 1Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 2Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
R 3Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 4Be hydrogen, alkyl or alkenyl;
A is OR 5Or NR 6R 7
R 5Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 6Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 7The B that alkyl, aralkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 6And R 7Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
B is
Figure A2005800179490015C2
C (=O) W or NR 8R 9
R 8Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 9The alkyl, aryl or the aralkyl that replace for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, or R 8And R 9Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
W is OR 10, NR 11R 12Or OE;
R 10Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 11Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 12C (=O) the Y, or R that alkyl, aralkyl or the alkylidene that replaces for the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, cycloalkenyl group replaces 11And R 12Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
E is
Figure A2005800179490016C1
(C=O) D that alkylidene replaces or-R 13OC (=O) R 14
R 13Alkylidene for the alkyl replacement;
R 14Be alkyl;
D is OR 15Or NR 16R 17
R 15Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 16Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted or the alkyl of cycloalkenyl group replacement;
R 17Be hydrogen or alkyl, or R 16And R 17Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
Y is OR 18Or NR 19R 20
R 18Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces;
R 19Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 20Be the alkyl of hydrogen, alkyl, thiazolinyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl group, cycloalkyl substituted, alkyl or the aralkyl that cycloalkenyl group replaces, or R 19And R 20Form heterocycle with the nitrogen-atoms that they connected;
R 21Be hydrogen or alkyl; With
N is 0 to 4;
B. the incremental agent of at least a crystallization;
C. based on composition total weight, be lower than the solubilizing surfactant of about 1 weight %;
D. based on composition total weight, be lower than the nonaqueous solvents of about 10 weight %; With
E. based on composition total weight, be lower than the cyclodextrin of about 500 weight %;
Wherein, to patient's administration the time, described composition has the dissolution rate and the bioavilability of the improvement that is used for oral or parenterai administration.
61. the composition of claim 58 or 60, the content of the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of wherein said formula I compound is at least about 0.1mg/mL.
62. the composition of claim 58 or 60, the content of the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of wherein said formula I compound is at least about 1mg/mL.
63. the composition of claim 58 or 60, the content of the pharmaceutically acceptable slaine of wherein said formula I compound is at least about 2mg/mL.
64. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said composition has the pot-life at least about 18 months.
65. the composition of claim 58 or 60, it comprises at least a opioid in addition.
66. the composition of claim 65, wherein said opioid are selected from alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, dezocine, Dihydrocodeine, fentanyl, hydrocodone, Hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine(pethidine), methadone, morphine, Nalbuphine, Oxycodone, Oxymorphone, pentazocine, propiram, dextropropoxyphene, sufentanil and bent horse.
67. the composition of claim 58 or 60, it comprises at least a pharmaceutically useful solvent in addition.
68. the composition of claim 67, wherein said pharmaceutically useful solvent is moisture.
69. the composition of claim 68, wherein said pharmaceutically useful solvent is water, isotonic sodium chlorrde solution, ringer's solution, dextrose solution or Lactated Ringer'S Solution.
70. the composition of claim 58 or 60, the compound of its Chinese style I are trans-3, the 4-isomer.
71. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
R 1Be hydrogen;
R 2Be alkyl;
N is 1 or 2;
R 3Be benzyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexyl methyl; With
R 4Be alkyl.
72. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
A is OR 5With
R 5Be hydrogen or alkyl.
73. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
A is NR 6R 7
R 6Be hydrogen;
R 7B for the alkylidene replacement; With
B is C (O) W.
74. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
R 7Be (CH 2) q-B;
Q is about 1 to about 3;
W is OR 10With
R 10The alkyl of alkyl, cycloalkyl or the cycloalkyl substituted that replaces for hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl.
75. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
W is NR 11R 12
R 11Be hydrogen or alkyl; With
R 12The C that replaces for hydrogen, alkyl or alkylidene (=O) Y.
76. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
R 12Be (CH 2) mC (O) Y;
M is 1 to 3;
Y is OR 18Or NR 19R 20With
R 18, R 19And R 20Be hydrogen or alkyl independently.
77. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
W is OE;
E is CH 2C (=O) D;
D is OR 15Or NR 16R 17
R 15Be hydrogen or alkyl;
R 16Be methyl or benzyl; With
R 17Be hydrogen.
78. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein:
W is OE;
E is R 13OC (=O) R 14
R 13For-CH (CH 3)-or-CH (CH 2CH 3)-; With
R 14Be alkyl.
79. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein 3 of piperidine ring and 4 s' configuration all is the R type.
80. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound is selected from:
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 5))C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH 2
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
Q-CH 2CH 2CH(C 6H 5)C(O)NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NH 2
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NHCH 3
G-NHCH 2C(O)NH 2
G-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
G-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)OCH 2CH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)NHCH 3
G-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
G-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
Q-CH 2CH(CH 2(C 6H 11))C(O)NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NH 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NH 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)N(CH 3) 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH(CH 3) 2
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OCH 2(C 6H 5),
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)OH,
Z-NH(CH 2) 2C(O)NHCH 2CH 3
Z-NH(CH 2) 3C(O)NHCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)NHCH 2C(O)OH,
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2C(O)OCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)O(CH 2) 4CH 3
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2C(O)NHCH 3
Z-NHCH 2C (O) O-(4-methoxyl group cyclohexyl),
Z-NHCH 2C (O) OCH 2C (O) NHCH 2(C 6H 5) and
Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH(CH 3)OC(O)CH 3
Wherein: Q represents
Trans-3, the 4-dimethyl
G represents
Figure A2005800179490021C2
With
Z represents
Figure A2005800179490021C3
81. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound is selected from:
(3R,4R,S)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(+)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
(-)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OH,
(3R,4R,R)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)-OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3S,4S,S)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3S,4S,R)-Z-NHCH 2C(O)OCH 2CH(CH 3) 2
(3R, 4R)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) NHCH 2(C 6H 5) and
(3R,4R)-G-N-H(CH 2) 3C(O)OH。
82. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound is selected from (+)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH and (-)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH.
83. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound are (+)-Z-NHCH 2C (O) OH.
84. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound are Q-CH 2CH (CH 2(C 6H 5)) C (O) OH.
85. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound be (3R, 4R, S)-Q-CH 2CH (CH 2(C 6H 5)) C (O) OH.
86. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said compound are pure basically stereoisomer.
87. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said pharmaceutically acceptable metal are sodium, calcium, magnesium or its combination.
88. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said pharmaceutically acceptable metal is a sodium.
89. the composition of claim 58 or 60, wherein said incremental agent are polyalcohol.
90. the composition of claim 89, wherein said polyalcohol are carbohydrate or sugar alcohol.
91. the composition of claim 90, wherein said carbohydrate are sucrose, trehalose, lactose, maltose or its mixture.
92. the composition of claim 90, wherein said sugar alcohol are mannitol, xylitol, erythrite, lactitol, isomalt, polyalditol or maltitol.
93. the composition of claim 92, wherein said sugar alcohol are mannitol.
94. injectable dosage formulations, it comprises the composition of claim 58 or 60.
95. cartridge bag, it comprises:
A. the container that comprises the injectable dosage formulations of claim 94; With
B. be used to prepare the specification of Injectable solution.
96. the cartridge bag of claim 95, it comprises syringe in addition.
97. the method for the side effect relevant with opioid among prevention or the treatment patient, it comprises step:
To the claim 58 of described patient's effective dosage or 60 composition.
98. the method for claim 97, wherein said side effect be intestinal obstruction, scratch where it itches, constipation, the retention of urine, courage spasm, opium bowel dysfunction, angina, n or V or its combination.
99. the method for claim 98, wherein said side effect be postoperative ileus, postpartum intestinal obstruction, scratch where it itches, constipation, the retention of urine, courage spasm, opium bowel dysfunction, angina, postoperative nausea or postoperative vomiting or its combination.
100. the method for prevention or treatment patient's pain, it comprises step:
To claim 58 that the described patient's effective dosage that needs is arranged or 60 composition.
101. the method for claim 100, wherein said Pharmaceutical composition comprises at least a opioid in addition.
102. the method for claim 101, wherein said opioid is selected from alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, dezocine, Dihydrocodeine, fentanyl, hydrocodone, Hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine(pethidine), methadone, morphine, Nalbuphine, Oxycodone, Oxymorphone, pentazocine, propiram, dextropropoxyphene, sufentanil, tramadol and composition thereof.
CN200580017949A 2004-06-04 2005-06-03 Compositions comprising opioid antagonists Expired - Fee Related CN100579373C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US57693904P 2004-06-04 2004-06-04
US60/576,939 2004-06-04
US11/143,535 2005-06-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1988805A true CN1988805A (en) 2007-06-27
CN100579373C CN100579373C (en) 2010-01-13

Family

ID=38185384

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200580017949A Expired - Fee Related CN100579373C (en) 2004-06-04 2005-06-03 Compositions comprising opioid antagonists

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN100579373C (en)

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5250542A (en) * 1991-03-29 1993-10-05 Eli Lilly And Company Peripherally selective piperidine carboxylate opioid antagonists
US5434171A (en) * 1993-12-08 1995-07-18 Eli Lilly And Company Preparation of 3,4,4-trisubstituted-piperidinyl-N-alkylcarboxylates and intermediates
US6451806B2 (en) * 1999-09-29 2002-09-17 Adolor Corporation Methods and compositions involving opioids and antagonists thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN100579373C (en) 2010-01-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8598207B2 (en) Compositions containing opioid antagonists
US6451806B2 (en) Methods and compositions involving opioids and antagonists thereof
AU784541B2 (en) Novel methods and compositions involving opioids and antagonists thereof
JP5460771B2 (en) A novel method for the treatment and prevention of ileus
US6469030B2 (en) Methods for the treatment and prevention of ileus
US20150150819A1 (en) Compositions containing opioid antagonists
US8946262B2 (en) Methods of preventing and treating gastrointestinal dysfunction
CN1988805A (en) Compositions containing opioid antagonists
US7914776B2 (en) Solid dispersions of opioid antagonists
CN101365448A (en) Compositions comprising an opioid antagonist
HK1125286A (en) Compositions containing opioid antagonists
US20060211733A1 (en) Methods of preventing and treating opioid bowel dysfunction

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model
C56 Change in the name or address of the patentee
CP02 Change in the address of a patent holder

Address after: Massachusetts, USA

Patentee after: ADOLOR Corp.

Address before: American Pennsylvania

Patentee before: Adolor Corp.

TR01 Transfer of patent right

Effective date of registration: 20160222

Address after: New jersey, USA

Patentee after: MERCK SHARP & DOHME Corp.

Address before: Massachusetts, USA

Patentee before: Adolor Corp.

CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20100113

Termination date: 20170603